WO2020048529A1 - Handheld power tool, and control method and operation method therefor - Google Patents

Handheld power tool, and control method and operation method therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020048529A1
WO2020048529A1 PCT/CN2019/104744 CN2019104744W WO2020048529A1 WO 2020048529 A1 WO2020048529 A1 WO 2020048529A1 CN 2019104744 W CN2019104744 W CN 2019104744W WO 2020048529 A1 WO2020048529 A1 WO 2020048529A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mode
motor
power tool
hand
switch
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/104744
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
钟红风
郑悦
张士松
孙益民
Original Assignee
苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 filed Critical 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司
Publication of WO2020048529A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020048529A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23BTURNING; BORING
    • B23B45/00Hand-held or like portable drilling machines, e.g. drill guns; Equipment therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23BTURNING; BORING
    • B23B45/00Hand-held or like portable drilling machines, e.g. drill guns; Equipment therefor
    • B23B45/02Hand-held or like portable drilling machines, e.g. drill guns; Equipment therefor driven by electric power
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25BTOOLS OR BENCH DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, FOR FASTENING, CONNECTING, DISENGAGING OR HOLDING
    • B25B21/00Portable power-driven screw or nut setting or loosening tools; Attachments for drilling apparatus serving the same purpose
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25BTOOLS OR BENCH DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, FOR FASTENING, CONNECTING, DISENGAGING OR HOLDING
    • B25B21/00Portable power-driven screw or nut setting or loosening tools; Attachments for drilling apparatus serving the same purpose
    • B25B21/02Portable power-driven screw or nut setting or loosening tools; Attachments for drilling apparatus serving the same purpose with means for imparting impact to screwdriver blade or nut socket
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25DPERCUSSIVE TOOLS
    • B25D16/00Portable percussive machines with superimposed rotation, the rotational movement of the output shaft of a motor being modified to generate axial impacts on the tool bit
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25FCOMBINATION OR MULTI-PURPOSE TOOLS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; DETAILS OR COMPONENTS OF PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS NOT PARTICULARLY RELATED TO THE OPERATIONS PERFORMED AND NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B25F3/00Associations of tools for different working operations with one portable power-drive means; Adapters therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25FCOMBINATION OR MULTI-PURPOSE TOOLS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; DETAILS OR COMPONENTS OF PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS NOT PARTICULARLY RELATED TO THE OPERATIONS PERFORMED AND NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B25F5/00Details or components of portable power-driven tools not particularly related to the operations performed and not otherwise provided for
    • B25F5/02Construction of casings, bodies or handles

Abstract

A handheld power tool, and a control method and operation method therefor. The handheld power tool comprises: a machine casing; a motor (12a); a chuck mechanism, comprising a body (151a), a plurality of clamping jaws (152a), and an adjusting member; a transmission mechanism; a mode selection mechanism, comprising a mode selection member (301a), wherein when the mode selection member (301a) is in a first position, the handheld power tool is in a drilling mode, and when the mode selection member (301a) is in a second position, the handheld power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode; a control module (66) used for responding to the movement of the mode selection member (301a) when the handheld power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, and controlling the motor (12a) to rotate in a predetermined direction so as to implement the opening or closing of the clamping jaws (152a). When an operator is working, the clamping jaws (152a) may be directly closed or opened by means of corresponding components of the mode switching function, which thus facilitates the release and locking of a tool head, and has high flexibility.

Description

手持式动力工具及其控制方法和操作方法Hand-held power tool, control method and operation method thereof
本申请要求了申请日为2018年09月06日,申请号为2018110377676,发明名称为“手持式动力工具及其控制方法和操作方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application with a filing date of September 6, 2018, application number 2018110377676, and an invention name of "Handheld Power Tool and Control Method and Operation Method", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及动力工具技术领域,特别是涉及一种手持式动力工具及其控制方法和操作方法。The invention relates to the technical field of power tools, in particular to a handheld power tool and a control method and an operation method thereof.
背景技术Background technique
手持式动力工具例如电钻,用于对工件(如木板或水泥板等)进行钻孔或螺丝批用于松开或拧紧螺钉,其驱动轴上安装有用于夹持工具头的夹头。根据手持式动力工具功能的不同可选用不同规格、类型的工具头(如用于拧螺钉的批头、可在木板上钻孔的扁钻、可用于在水泥板上钻孔的冲击钻头以及在钢板上钻孔的麻花钻等),在更换工具头时,首先需要将夹头打开以释放原本夹紧于夹头的工具头,然后插入新工具头后再将其锁紧于夹头内。夹头通常包括与电动工具主轴连接的夹头芯体,活动地设置于夹头芯体且可沿夹头芯体轴向移动的多个夹爪,套设于夹头芯体外侧并与夹爪螺纹连接的调整件(如螺母套)。调整件外连接有模式调节操作件,通常状况下,用户可以手动旋转模式调节操作件,使调整件与静止的输出轴以及夹头芯体发生相对转动,调整件的转动促使与其螺纹配合的夹爪相对于夹头芯体沿夹头芯体轴线呈一定角度倾斜设置的夹槽往复移动,从而实现工作部件的夹紧或者放松。为满足工作需求,夹头对工具头的夹紧力往往较高,手动操作不紧比较费力且很难满足夹紧力的要求。A hand-held power tool, such as an electric drill, is used to drill a workpiece (such as a wooden board or a cement board) or a screwdriver is used to loosen or tighten the screw. The drive shaft is provided with a chuck for holding a tool head. Depending on the function of the hand-held power tool, different specifications and types of tool heads can be selected (such as screwdriver bits, flat drills for drilling on wooden boards, impact drills for drilling on cement boards, and Twist drills drilled on steel plates, etc.), when changing the tool head, you first need to open the chuck to release the tool head originally clamped to the chuck, then insert the new tool head and then lock it in the chuck. The chuck usually includes a chuck core body connected to the main shaft of the power tool. A plurality of chucks movably disposed on the chuck core body and movable along the chuck core shaft are sleeved on the outside of the chuck core body and are connected with the chuck. Claw-threaded adjustments (such as nut sleeves). A mode adjustment operation member is connected to the adjustment member. Under normal circumstances, the user can manually rotate the mode adjustment operation member to cause the adjustment member to rotate relative to the stationary output shaft and the collet core body. The rotation of the adjustment member promotes the clamp that is matched with its thread. The jaw is reciprocally moved at an angle with respect to the collet core body at an angle along the axis of the collet core body, thereby achieving clamping or relaxation of the working part. To meet the work requirements, the clamping force of the chuck to the tool head is often high, manual operation is not tight, it is laborious, and it is difficult to meet the requirements of the clamping force.
在使用过程中特别是模式切换过程中,操作者需要一只手握持手柄部,并通过握持的手执行启动控制,在需要进行模式切换时还需要另一只手进行调整件旋转,特别是在需要对工件进行拿放等动作时,操作者将不停地切换各种动作,操作非常不便。During use, especially during mode switching, the operator needs to hold the handle part with one hand and perform the start-up control with the gripped hand. When the mode is switched, the other hand is also required to rotate the adjustment part, especially When the workpiece needs to be moved, the operator will constantly switch between various actions, which is very inconvenient to operate.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
基于此,有必要提供一种操作方便的手持式动力工具。Based on this, it is necessary to provide a hand-held power tool that is easy to operate.
上述目的通过下述技术方案实现:The above objective is achieved through the following technical solutions:
一种手持式动力工具,包括:A hand-held power tool includes:
具有手柄部的机壳;A case with a handle portion;
设置于所述机壳的马达;A motor provided in the casing;
夹头机构,包括本体、相对于所述本体活动设置的多个夹爪以及与多个所述夹爪螺纹连接的调整件,所述调整件与所述本体相对运动能够驱动多个夹爪合拢或张开以锁紧或释放工具头;A chuck mechanism includes a main body, a plurality of clamping jaws movably disposed relative to the main body, and an adjusting member that is threadedly connected to the plurality of clamping jaws. The relative movement of the adjusting member and the main body can drive the plurality of clamping jaws to close together. Or open to lock or release the tool head;
传动机构,能够将所述马达的动力输出至所述夹头机构;A transmission mechanism capable of outputting the power of the motor to the chuck mechanism;
模式选择机构,用于可操作地使所述手持式动力工具至少在钻孔模式和夹头调节模式之间切换,当所述手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式时,所述马达能够驱动所述本体、所述夹爪以及所述调整件一起旋转;当所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式时,所述调整件与所述本体其中之一能够相对于两者之另一旋转以使多个所述夹爪相对所述本体合拢或张开;其特征在于:所述模式选择机构包括相对所述机壳能够在第一位置和第二位置之间运动的模式选择件,当所述模式选择件处于所述第一位置时,所述手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式;当所述模式选择件处于所述第二位置时,所述手持动力工具处于夹头调节模式;所述手持式动力工具还包括控制模块,用于在所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式下响应所述模式选择件的运动,并控制所述马达沿预定方向转动,以实现所述夹爪的打开或合拢。A mode selection mechanism for operatively switching the handheld power tool between at least a drilling mode and a chuck adjustment mode; when the handheld power tool is in a drilling mode, the motor can drive the The main body, the clamping jaw, and the adjustment member rotate together; when the hand-held power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode, one of the adjustment member and the body can rotate relative to the other of the two to enable A plurality of the clamping jaws are closed or opened relative to the body; the mode selection mechanism includes a mode selection member capable of moving between a first position and a second position with respect to the casing. When the mode selector is in the first position, the handheld power tool is in a drilling mode; when the mode selector is in the second position, the handheld power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode; the handheld The power tool further includes a control module for responding to the movement of the mode selector when the hand-held power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode, and controlling the motor to rotate in a predetermined direction. To effect opening of the jaws or closed.
在其中一个实施例中,当所述手持式动力工具切换至夹头调节模式,所述控制模块能够响应所述模式选择件的运动并控制所述马达沿第一旋转方向旋转,且当所述手持式动力工具再次切换至夹头调节模式,所述控制模块能够响应所述模式选择件的运动并控制马达沿与所述第一旋转方向相反的第二旋转方向旋转,以使得所述模式选择件的交替操作能够实现所述夹爪的交替打开与闭合。In one embodiment, when the hand-held power tool is switched to the chuck adjustment mode, the control module is capable of responding to the movement of the mode selector and controlling the motor to rotate in a first rotation direction, and when the The hand-held power tool is switched to the chuck adjustment mode again, and the control module can respond to the movement of the mode selector and control the motor to rotate in a second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction, so that the mode selection The alternating operation of the pieces can realize the alternate opening and closing of the jaws.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择件邻近所述手柄部设置,当操作者握 持所述手柄部时,所述操作者能够以握持所述手柄部的手同时操作所述模式选择件。In one embodiment, the mode selection member is disposed adjacent to the handle portion, and when an operator holds the handle portion, the operator can simultaneously operate the mode selection with a hand holding the handle portion Pieces.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择件在所述第一位置与所述第二位置之间的运动是线性运动。In one of the embodiments, the motion of the mode selector between the first position and the second position is a linear motion.
在其中一个实施例中,所述夹头机构远离所述马达的一端为所述夹头机构的第一端,当所述模式选择件由所述第一位置向所述第二位置运动时,所述模式选择件向远离所述第一端并靠近马达的方向运动。In one embodiment, an end of the chuck mechanism remote from the motor is a first end of the chuck mechanism, and when the mode selector moves from the first position to the second position, The mode selector moves in a direction away from the first end and closer to the motor.
在其中一个实施例中,所述手持式动力工具包括触发机构,当操作模式选择件并使得所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,所述触发机构能够响应模式选择件的操作并使所述控制模块控制所述马达按预定的旋转方向进行旋转。In one embodiment, the hand-held power tool includes a trigger mechanism, and when the mode selection member is operated and the hand-held power tool is placed in a chuck adjustment mode, the trigger mechanism can respond to the operation of the mode selection member and cause the The control module controls the motor to rotate in a predetermined rotation direction.
在其中一个实施例中,所述触发机构包括能够在模式选择件的作用下运动的开关触发件以及旁路开关,当所述模式选择件运动并使得所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,所述模式选择件能够通过所述开关触发件触发所述旁路开关闭合,以使所述旁路开关与所述控制模块导通,并使所述控制模块控制所述马达按预定方向旋转转动。In one embodiment, the trigger mechanism includes a switch trigger and a bypass switch capable of moving under the action of a mode selector, and when the mode selector moves and places the hand-held power tool in a chuck adjustment mode The mode selector can trigger the bypass switch to be closed by the switch trigger, so that the bypass switch is connected to the control module, and the control module controls the motor to rotate in a predetermined direction. Turn.
在其中一个实施例中,所述触发机构包括信号检测模块,所述信号检测模块与所述控制模块电性连接,当所述模式选择件运动并使得手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,所述信号检测模块能够产生触发信号并将所述触发信号传递给所述控制模块,所述控制模块控制所述马达按预定的旋转方向进行转动。In one embodiment, the trigger mechanism includes a signal detection module, and the signal detection module is electrically connected to the control module. When the mode selector moves and the handheld power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, all The signal detection module is capable of generating a trigger signal and transmitting the trigger signal to the control module, and the control module controls the motor to rotate in a predetermined rotation direction.
在其中一个实施例中,所述手持式动力工具还包括供电电源,所述信号检测模块包括与所述供电电源电性连接的第一触发件以及与所述控制模块电性连接的第二触发元件,当所述模式选择件沿所述第一位置运动至所述第二位置时,所述第一触发件或所述第二触发件在所述模式选择件的作用下运动并使得所述第一触发件与所述第二触发件电性连接,所述信号检测模块产生高电平信号并传递给所述控制模块以使所述控制模块控制所述马达按预定旋转方向进行转动。In one embodiment, the handheld power tool further includes a power supply, and the signal detection module includes a first trigger electrically connected to the power supply and a second trigger electrically connected to the control module. A component, when the mode selection member moves along the first position to the second position, the first trigger or the second trigger moves under the action of the mode selection member and causes the The first trigger is electrically connected to the second trigger, and the signal detection module generates a high-level signal and transmits it to the control module so that the control module controls the motor to rotate in a predetermined rotation direction.
在其中一个实施例中,所述控制模块包括信号处理单元以及用于控制所述马达转动的控制器,所述信号处理单元用于接收信号检测模块的触发信号并根 据马达在上一次夹头调节模式下的旋转方向处理信号并输出至所述控制器,所述控制器控制马达沿与上一次夹头调节模式下相反的方向进行旋转。In one embodiment, the control module includes a signal processing unit and a controller for controlling the rotation of the motor. The signal processing unit is configured to receive a trigger signal from the signal detection module and adjust the motor according to the previous chuck. The rotation direction in the mode processes a signal and outputs it to the controller, which controls the motor to rotate in a direction opposite to that in the previous chuck adjustment mode.
在其中一个实施例中,所述机壳还包括收容所述马达且沿马达轴向延伸的主体部,所述手柄部与所述主体部呈角度设置,所述动力工具还包括设置于所述手柄部的开关扳机,当手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式,操作者在握持所述手柄部时能够沿握持手指的弯曲方向按压所述开关扳机从而使所述开关扳机向靠近手掌位置移动以启动所述马达。In one embodiment, the housing further includes a main body portion that houses the motor and extends along the axial direction of the motor, the handle portion is disposed at an angle to the main body portion, and the power tool further includes The switch trigger of the handle part, when the hand-held power tool is in the drilling mode, the operator can press the switch trigger in the bending direction of the grip finger while holding the handle part, so that the switch trigger is moved closer to the palm position to Start the motor.
在其中一个实施例中,所述控制模块还包括互锁控制单元,当所述马达在所述模式选择件或所述开关扳机之一的作用下启动后,所述互锁控制单元使得所述马达不再按照二者之另一的操作进行旋转。In one of the embodiments, the control module further includes an interlock control unit, and when the motor is started under the action of one of the mode selector or the switch trigger, the interlock control unit causes the The motor no longer rotates in the other operation.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择件在第一位置与第二位置之间的运动是沿所述马达的轴向运动。In one of the embodiments, the movement of the mode selector between the first position and the second position is an axial movement of the motor.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择机构还包括与所述模式选择件弹性抵接的模式复位元件,所述模式选择件可操作地克服所述模式复位元件的作用力从第一位置运动至第二位置,并能够在所述模式复位元件的弹性力作用下从第二位置回复至第一位置。In one of the embodiments, the mode selection mechanism further includes a mode resetting element that elastically abuts the mode selection element, and the mode selection element is operable to move from the first position against the force of the mode resetting element. To the second position, and capable of returning from the second position to the first position under the action of the elastic force of the mode resetting element.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择机构包括可滑动地设置于所述机壳的支架,所述模式选择件枢转地设置于所述支架并能够相对于所述支架在初始位置与第一位置之间转动,所述初始位置相对于所述第一位置靠近所述本体并远离所述开关扳机。In one embodiment, the mode selection mechanism includes a bracket slidably disposed on the casing, and the mode selection member is pivotally disposed on the bracket and can be at an initial position relative to the first bracket relative to the bracket. Rotating between a position, the initial position is closer to the body than the first position and away from the switch trigger.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择件和机壳之间还设置有旋转复位件,所述模式选择件可操作地克服所述模式复位元件的作用力从初始位置运动至第一位置,并能够在旋转复位件的作用下从第一位置回复至初始位置。In one embodiment, a rotation resetting member is further provided between the mode selecting member and the casing, and the mode selecting member is operable to move the force of the mode resetting element from the initial position to the first position, It can return to the initial position from the first position under the action of the rotation resetting member.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择机构还包括能够在所述模式选择件的作用下沿所述马达轴轴向运动的连接件和锁止元件,所述锁止元件不可转动地相对于所述机壳设置;In one of the embodiments, the mode selection mechanism further includes a connecting member and a locking element capable of axially moving along the motor shaft under the action of the mode selection member, and the locking element is non-rotatably opposite to The casing is provided;
当手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式时,所述锁止元件将所述本体相对所述机壳锁定,所述连接件在旋转方向上连接所述调整件和马达轴,且所述控制 模块控制所述马达旋转并通过所述马达将动力传递至所述调整件,从而使所述调整件能够相对于所述本体以及所述夹爪转动;When the hand-held power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, the locking element locks the body relative to the casing, the connection member connects the adjustment member and the motor shaft in a rotation direction, and the control module Controlling the motor to rotate and transmitting power to the adjusting member through the motor, so that the adjusting member can rotate relative to the body and the clamping claw;
当手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式时,所述锁止元件与所述本体分离,所述连接件断开所述马达轴与所述调整件之间的动力传递,所述本体在所述马达启动后能够由所述马达轴驱动从而带动所述夹爪所述调整件旋转。When the hand-held power tool is in a drilling mode, the locking element is separated from the body, and the connecting member disconnects power transmission between the motor shaft and the adjusting member, and the body is in the motor After starting, it can be driven by the motor shaft to drive the clamping jaw and the adjusting member to rotate.
在其中一个实施例中,当手持式动力工具通过模式选择件在钻孔模式和夹头调节模式之间切换时,所述连接件和所述锁止元件在所述模式选择件的作用下同步运动。In one of the embodiments, when the hand-held power tool is switched between the drilling mode and the chuck adjustment mode through the mode selector, the connecting member and the locking element are synchronized by the mode selector motion.
在其中一个实施例中,所述连接件和所述锁止元件的运动方向与所述模式选择件的运动方向同向。In one embodiment, a moving direction of the connecting member and the locking element is the same as a moving direction of the mode selecting member.
一种手持式动力工具的操作方法,应用于如上述技术特征所述的手持式动力工具,所述操作方法包括如下步骤:A method for operating a hand-held power tool, which is applied to the hand-held power tool according to the above technical features. The method includes the following steps:
S1:以握持手柄部的手操作模式选择件,使模式选择件从第一位置运动至第二位置;S1: Operate the mode selector with the hand holding the handle portion, and move the mode selector from the first position to the second position;
S2:释放模式选择件。S2: Release mode selector.
在其中一个实施例中,S3:再次以握持手柄部的手操作模式选择件使其从第一位置移动至第二位置;In one of the embodiments, S3: once again select the hand operation mode holding part of the handle part to move it from the first position to the second position;
S4:释放模式选择件。S4: Release mode selector.
在其中一个实施例中,在上述操作模式选择件从第一位置运动至第二位置之前,还包括将模式选择件从初始位置运动至第一位置。In one embodiment, before moving the operation mode selection member from the first position to the second position, the method further includes moving the mode selection member from the initial position to the first position.
在其中一个实施例中,操作模式选择件从第一位置至第二位置的运动为线性运动,操作模式选择件从初始位置至第一位置的运动为旋转运动。In one embodiment, the movement of the operation mode selector from the first position to the second position is a linear motion, and the movement of the operation mode selector from the initial position to the first position is a rotational motion.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择件从第一位置至第二位置的线性运动的方向为沿马达轴向的第一方向,其中第一方向为远离夹头机构并靠近马达的方向,所述操作模式选择件从初始位置旋转至第一位置为模式选择件绕枢转轴旋转。In one embodiment, the direction of the linear movement of the mode selector from the first position to the second position is a first direction along the motor axis, wherein the first direction is a direction away from the chuck mechanism and close to the motor, The rotation of the operation mode selector from the initial position to the first position is a rotation of the mode selector around a pivot axis.
在其中一个实施例中,在上述步骤S1中,马达沿第一旋转方向进行旋转,在上述步骤S3中,马达沿与第一旋转方向相反的第二旋转方向进行旋转。In one embodiment, in step S1, the motor is rotated in the first rotation direction, and in step S3, the motor is rotated in the second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction.
一种手持式动力工具的操作方法,应用于如上述技术特征所述的手持式动力工具,所述手持式动力工具包括用于控制马达转向的换向开关,所述换向开关具有第一控制位置和第二控制位置,其特征在于,所述控制方法包括如下步骤:A method for operating a hand-held power tool, which is applied to the hand-held power tool according to the above technical features. The hand-held power tool includes a reversing switch for controlling the turning of the motor, and the reversing switch has a first control. The position and the second control position, wherein the control method includes the following steps:
S10:以握持所述手柄部的手操作换向开关,使换向开关运动至第一控制位置或第二控制位置;S10: Operate the reversing switch with a hand holding the handle portion, and move the reversing switch to the first control position or the second control position;
S11:以握持所述手柄部的手操作模式选择件,使模式选择件从第一位置运动至第二位置;S11: Operate the mode selector with a hand holding the handle portion, and move the mode selector from the first position to the second position;
S12:释放模式选择件。S12: Release mode selector.
一种手持式动力工具的控制方法,应用于如上述技术特征所述的手持式动力工具,所述手持式工具包括用于启动钻孔模式的扳机开关,控制电机进行正转和反转换向的换向开关,当所述模式选择件处于第二位置时,所述第一开关触发,所述手持式动力工具处于启动夹头调节模式,所述控制方法包括:A control method of a hand-held power tool, which is applied to the hand-held power tool according to the above technical features. The hand-held tool includes a trigger switch for starting a drilling mode, and controls a motor to perform forward rotation and reverse rotation. A reversing switch, when the mode selector is in the second position, the first switch is triggered, the hand-held power tool is in a start-up chuck adjustment mode, and the control method includes:
第一开关触发,启动第一控制电路,控制模块控制马达与换向开关无关的按照预设的模式正转或反转;或The first switch is triggered to start the first control circuit, and the control module controls the motor to rotate forward or reverse in a preset mode regardless of the reversing switch; or
扳机开关触发,启动第二控制电路,控制模块控制马达按照换向开关的换向信号正转或反转。The trigger switch is triggered to start the second control circuit, and the control module controls the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to the reversing signal of the reversing switch.
在其中一个实施例中,所述控制方法还包括,当所述模式选择件处于第一位置时,启动第二控制电路,控制马达按照换向开关的换向信号正转或反转。In one embodiment, the control method further includes, when the mode selector is in the first position, activating a second control circuit to control the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to a commutation signal of a commutation switch.
在其中一个实施例中,所述启动第一控制电路,控制模块控制马达与换向开关无关的按照预设的模式正转或反转的步骤包括:In one embodiment, the step of starting the first control circuit, the control module controlling the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to a preset mode regardless of the commutation switch includes:
判断信号检测模式是否产生触发信号;Determine whether the signal detection mode generates a trigger signal;
若是,则控制模块控制马达按照预设的第一方向转动,其中第一方向为正转或者反转;If yes, the control module controls the motor to rotate according to a preset first direction, where the first direction is forward rotation or reverse rotation;
第一开关再次触发,判断信号检测模块是否检测到触发信号;The first switch is triggered again to determine whether the signal detection module detects a trigger signal;
若是,则控制马达按照与第一方向相反的第二方向转动。If so, the control motor is rotated in a second direction opposite to the first direction.
在其中一个实施例中,所述第一开关再次触发,判断信号检测模块是否产生触发信号的步骤包括:In one embodiment, the first switch is triggered again, and the step of determining whether the signal detection module generates a trigger signal includes:
判断第一开关再次触发,控制模块检测到触发信号的时间是否满足预设第一时间,若是,则控制马达按照与第一方向相反的第二方向转动。It is determined whether the first switch is triggered again, and the control module detects whether the time of the trigger signal meets the preset first time, and if so, controls the motor to rotate in a second direction opposite to the first direction.
在其中一个实施例中,所述控制方法具体包括:In one embodiment, the control method specifically includes:
判断信号检测模式是否产生触发信号;Determine whether the signal detection mode generates a trigger signal;
若是,则控制马达按照预设方向即第一方向转动,并修该预设的方向为与第一方向相反的第二方向,其中第一方向为正转或者反转;If yes, control the motor to rotate according to a preset direction, that is, the first direction, and modify the preset direction to a second direction opposite to the first direction, where the first direction is a forward rotation or a reverse rotation;
第一开关再次触发,判断信号检测模块是否产生触发信号;The first switch is triggered again to determine whether the signal detection module generates a trigger signal;
若是,则控制马达按照预设的第二方向转动,并修改预设的方向为第一方向。If yes, the control motor is rotated according to a preset second direction, and the preset direction is changed to the first direction.
在其中一个实施例中,所述扳机开关触发,启动第二控制电路,控制马达按照换向开关的转向信号正转或反转的步骤包括:In one embodiment, the step of triggering the trigger switch to start the second control circuit to control the motor to rotate forward or reverse in accordance with the steering signal of the reversing switch includes:
所述扳机开关触发,启动第二控制电路;The trigger switch is triggered to start a second control circuit;
控制模块获取换向开关当前的转向信号;The control module obtains the current turning signal of the reversing switch;
控制模块控制马达按照当前的转向信号控制马达正转或反转。The control module controls the motor to control the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to the current steering signal.
在其中一个实施例中,所述控制方法还包括:In one embodiment, the control method further includes:
当所述第一控制电路启动时,控制马达与换向开关无关的按照预设的模式正转或反转,此时,所述控制模块屏蔽扳机开关的触发信号;When the first control circuit is started, the control motor rotates forward or reverse according to a preset mode regardless of the reversing switch. At this time, the control module shields the trigger signal of the trigger switch;
当所述第二控制电路启动时,控制马达按照换向开关的位置正转或反转,此时,所述控制模块屏蔽第一开关的触发信号。When the second control circuit is started, the control motor rotates forward or reverse according to the position of the reversing switch. At this time, the control module shields the trigger signal of the first switch.
一种手持式动力工具,包括:A hand-held power tool includes:
马达,具有能够输出旋转动力的马达轴;A motor having a motor shaft capable of outputting rotational power;
机壳,包括用于握持的手柄部以及收容马达的主体部;A casing, comprising a handle portion for holding and a main body portion accommodating a motor;
夹头组件,包括本体、相对于本体活动设置的多个夹爪、以及与所述多个夹爪螺纹连接的调整件,所述夹头组件远离所述马达的一端为所述夹头组件的第一端;The chuck assembly includes a main body, a plurality of clamping jaws movably disposed relative to the body, and an adjusting member that is threadedly connected to the plurality of clamping jaws. An end of the chuck assembly remote from the motor is the chuck assembly. First end
传动机构,具有能够将所述马达的动力输出的驱动轴,以及A transmission mechanism having a drive shaft capable of outputting the power of the motor, and
模式选择机构,用于可操作地使所述手持式动力工具至少在钻孔模式和夹头调节模式之间切换;当所述手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式时,所述驱动轴驱 动所述本体、所述夹爪以及所述调整件一起旋转;当所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式时,所述调整件与所述本体其中之一能够由所述马达驱动相对于两者之另一旋转,以使所述多个夹爪相对所述本体运动以进行合拢或者张开;A mode selection mechanism for operatively switching the handheld power tool between at least a drilling mode and a chuck adjustment mode; when the handheld power tool is in a drilling mode, the drive shaft drives the The body, the clamping jaw, and the adjustment member rotate together; when the hand-held power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode, one of the adjustment member and the body can be driven by the motor relative to the two Another rotation to move the plurality of clamping jaws relative to the body to close or open;
所述模式选择机构包括相对所述机壳能够在第一位置和第二位置之间运动的模式选择件,当所述模式选择件处于第一位置时,所述手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式;The mode selection mechanism includes a mode selection member capable of moving between a first position and a second position relative to the casing, and when the mode selection member is in the first position, the hand-held power tool is in a drilling mode ;
当所述模式选择件处于第二位置时,所述手持动力工具处于夹头调节模式;当所述模式选择件由第一位置向第二位置运动时,所述模式选择件向远离所述第一端的方向运动;当操作者握持所述手柄部时,所述操作者能够以握持所述手柄部的手同时操作所述模式选择件。When the mode selector is in the second position, the hand-held power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode; when the mode selector is moved from the first position to the second position, the mode selector is moved away from the first position. The direction of one end moves; when the operator holds the handle portion, the operator can simultaneously operate the mode selector with a hand holding the handle portion.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择件在第一位置与第二位置之间的运动是沿所述马达轴轴向的运动。In one embodiment, the movement of the mode selector between the first position and the second position is an axial movement along the motor shaft.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择机构还包括与所述模式选择件弹性抵接的模式复位元件,所述模式选择件用于可操作地克服所述模式复位元件的作用力从第一位置运动至第二位置,并能够在所述模式复位元件的弹性力作用下从第二位置回复至第一位置。In one of the embodiments, the mode selection mechanism further includes a mode resetting element elastically abutting the mode selection element, and the mode selection element is operable to overcome the force of the mode resetting element from the first The position is moved to the second position, and can be restored from the second position to the first position by the elastic force of the mode reset element.
在其中一个实施例中,所述手柄部与所述主体部呈角度设置,所述动力工具还包括设置于所述手柄部的开关扳机,所述模式选择件紧邻所述开关扳机设置。In one embodiment, the handle portion is disposed at an angle to the main body portion, the power tool further includes a switch trigger provided on the handle portion, and the mode selection member is disposed adjacent to the switch trigger.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择件与所述夹爪至少部分重叠。In one of the embodiments, the mode selection member at least partially overlaps the jaw.
在其中一个实施例中,所述模式选择机构还包括能够在所述模式选择件的作用下沿所述马达轴轴向运动的连接件和锁止元件,所述锁止元件不可转动地相对于所述机壳设置;In one of the embodiments, the mode selection mechanism further includes a connecting member and a locking element capable of axially moving along the motor shaft under the action of the mode selection member, and the locking element is non-rotatably opposite to The casing is provided;
当所述模式选择件位于第二位置时,所述锁止元件将所述本体相对所述机壳锁定,所述连接件能够将所述马达轴的旋转动力传递至所述调整件以使所述调整件能够相对于所述本体转动;When the mode selecting member is in the second position, the locking element locks the body relative to the casing, and the connecting member can transmit the rotational power of the motor shaft to the adjusting member so that all the The adjusting member can be rotated relative to the body;
当模式选择件位于第一位置时,所述锁止元件与所述本体分离,所述连接件断开所述马达轴与所述调整件之间的动力传递,所述本体由所述马达轴驱动 从而带动所述调整件旋转。When the mode selection member is in the first position, the locking element is separated from the body, the connection member disconnects power transmission between the motor shaft and the adjustment member, and the body is driven by the motor shaft Driving thereby drives the adjustment member to rotate.
在其中一个实施例中,当所述模式选择件在第一位置和第二位置之间的运动时,所述连接件和所述锁止元件在所述模式选择件的作用下同步运动。In one embodiment, when the mode selection member moves between the first position and the second position, the connecting member and the locking element move synchronously under the action of the mode selection member.
在其中一个实施例中,所述连接件和所述锁止元件的运动方向与所述模式选择件的运动方向同向。In one embodiment, a moving direction of the connecting member and the locking element is the same as a moving direction of the mode selecting member.
在其中一个实施例中,所述传动机构包括输出行星轮系,所述输出行星轮系包括输出太阳轮、与所述输出太阳轮啮合且可转动地设置于所述本体的输出行星轮以及与所述输出行星轮配接的输出齿圈;In one embodiment, the transmission mechanism includes an output planetary gear train including an output sun gear, an output planet gear meshed with the output sun gear and rotatably disposed on the body, and An output ring gear coupled to the output planetary gear;
当所述模式选择件位于第一位置时,所述锁止元件与所述输出齿圈无相对转动地连接,所述驱动轴通过所述输出行星轮带动本体转动。When the mode selector is in the first position, the locking element is connected to the output ring gear without relative rotation, and the drive shaft drives the body to rotate through the output planetary gear.
在其中一个实施例中,当所述模式选择件位于第二位置时,所述锁止元件与所述输出齿圈断开连接,所述输出齿圈在所述行星轮的驱动下旋转,所述连接件在旋转方向传动连接于所述输出齿圈和所述调整件之间以将所述马达的旋转动力传递至所述调整件。In one embodiment, when the mode selector is in the second position, the locking element is disconnected from the output ring gear, and the output ring gear rotates under the driving of the planetary gear, so The connecting member is drivingly connected between the output ring gear and the adjusting member in a rotation direction to transmit the rotating power of the motor to the adjusting member.
在其中一个实施例中,当所述模式选择件位于第一位置时,所述连接件位于所述输出齿圈远离所述马达的一侧且与所述调整件无相对转动地连接;In one embodiment, when the mode selecting member is located at the first position, the connecting member is located on a side of the output ring gear away from the motor and is connected to the adjusting member without relative rotation;
当所述手持式动力工具由钻孔模式切换至夹头调节模式时,所述连接件以及所述锁止元件沿所述马达轴轴向向靠近所述马达的方向移动,从而使得所述连接件在旋转方向与所述输出齿圈啮合,同时所述锁止元件与所述输出齿圈脱开并将所述本体相对于所述机壳固定。When the hand-held power tool is switched from the drilling mode to the chuck adjustment mode, the connecting member and the locking element move along the axis of the motor shaft toward the motor, so that the connection The member meshes with the output ring gear in the rotation direction, and at the same time, the locking element is disengaged from the output ring gear and fixes the body relative to the casing.
采用上述技术方案后,本发明至少具有如下技术效果:After adopting the above technical solution, the present invention has at least the following technical effects:
本发明的手持式动力工具及其控制方法和操作方法,操作模式选择件后,手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,控制模块会相应操作件的运动,以控制马达沿预定方向转动,实现夹爪的打开或合拢,以释放和锁紧工具头。如此,当操作者工作过程中,可以通过对应的模式切换功能的部件直接实现夹爪的合拢或张开,方便工具头的释放与锁紧,灵活度高。The hand-held power tool of the present invention and its control method and operation method. After the operation mode selection member, the hand-held power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, and the control module will correspondingly move the operation member to control the motor to rotate in a predetermined direction to achieve the clamping The jaws open or close to release and lock the tool head. In this way, when the operator is working, the clamping jaw can be directly closed or opened by the corresponding mode switching function component, which facilitates the release and locking of the tool head and has high flexibility.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为本发明第一实施例中传动机构以及夹头组件的部分立体分解图;1 is a partially exploded perspective view of a transmission mechanism and a chuck assembly in a first embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明第一实施例中螺丝批的立体图;2 is a perspective view of a screwdriver according to a first embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明第一实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式的剖视图,且夹爪处于夹紧状态;3 is a cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode with a clamping jaw in a first embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明第一实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式的剖视图,且夹爪处于松开状态;4 is a cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode in a first embodiment of the present invention, and a clamping jaw is in a released state;
图5为本发明第一实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式的剖视图,且螺丝批处于低速状态;5 is a cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a drilling mode according to a first embodiment of the present invention, and the screwdriver is in a low-speed state;
图6为本发明第一实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式的剖视图,且螺丝批处于高速状态;6 is a cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a drilling mode according to a first embodiment of the present invention, and the screwdriver is in a high-speed state;
图7为图3中A部的放大图;7 is an enlarged view of a portion A in FIG. 3;
图8为本发明第一实施例中夹头调节模式夹爪处于打开状态时模式选择件与滑槽的位置关系示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a positional relationship between a mode selector and a chute when a clamping jaw is in an open state in a chuck adjustment mode in the first embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图9为与图8对应状态下切换环的打开触发件触发马达换向开关的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a motor reversing switch triggered by an opening trigger of a switching ring in a state corresponding to FIG. 8; FIG.
图10为本发明第一实施例中钻孔模式下螺丝批处于低速状态时模式选择件与滑槽位置关系示意图;10 is a schematic diagram showing a positional relationship between a mode selector and a chute when a screwdriver is in a low-speed state in a drilling mode according to the first embodiment of the present invention;
图11为与图10对应状态下切换环的位置与马达换向开关位置之间关系示意图;11 is a schematic diagram showing a relationship between a position of a switching ring and a position of a motor reversing switch in a state corresponding to FIG. 10;
图12为本发明第一实施例中夹头调节模式夹爪处于锁紧状态时模式选择件与滑槽位置关系示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing a positional relationship between a mode selector and a chute when a clamping jaw of a chuck adjustment mode is in a locked state in the first embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图13为与图12对应状态下切换环的锁紧触发件触发马达换向开关的示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a motor trigger switch being triggered by a lock trigger of a switching ring in a state corresponding to FIG. 12; FIG.
图14为本发明第一实施例中带有换挡钢丝的第二内齿圈的立体示意图;14 is a schematic perspective view of a second ring gear with a shift wire in the first embodiment of the present invention;
图15为本发明第一实施例中齿轮箱壳体、换挡钢丝、模式选择件以及切换环的位置关系示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of a positional relationship among a gear box housing, a shift wire, a mode selection member, and a switching ring in the first embodiment of the present invention;
图16为本发明第一实施例中模式选择件以及与模式选择件连接的滑动件的立体示意图;16 is a schematic perspective view of a mode selector and a slider connected to the mode selector in the first embodiment of the present invention;
图17为本发明第一实施例中切换环的立体示意图;17 is a schematic perspective view of a switching ring in the first embodiment of the present invention;
图18为本发明第一实施例中钻孔模式下螺丝批处于低速状态时的立体示意图;18 is a schematic perspective view of a screwdriver in a low-speed state in a drilling mode according to the first embodiment of the present invention;
图19为本发明第一实施例中钻孔模式下螺丝批处于高速状态时的立体示意图;19 is a schematic perspective view of a screwdriver in a high-speed state in a drilling mode according to the first embodiment of the present invention;
图20为与图8对应状态下的立体示意图;20 is a schematic perspective view in a state corresponding to FIG. 8;
图21为与图12对应状态下的立体示意图;21 is a schematic perspective view of a state corresponding to FIG. 12;
图22为本发明第一实施例中输出齿圈以及与其连接的第二推杆组件的立体示意图;22 is a schematic perspective view of an output ring gear and a second push rod assembly connected thereto in the first embodiment of the present invention;
图23为本发明第一实施例中本体锁以及与其连接的第一推杆组件的立体示意图;23 is a schematic perspective view of a body lock and a first push rod assembly connected thereto in the first embodiment of the present invention;
图24为本发明第二实施例中传动机构和夹头组件的部分立体分解图;24 is a partially exploded perspective view of a transmission mechanism and a chuck assembly in a second embodiment of the present invention;
图25为本发明第二实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式时的剖视图;25 is a cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a drilling mode according to a second embodiment of the present invention;
图26为本发明第二实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式时的剖视图;26 is a cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode according to a second embodiment of the present invention;
图27为本发明第三实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式时的部分剖视图;27 is a partial cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a drilling mode according to a third embodiment of the present invention;
图28为本发明第三实施例中螺丝批由钻孔模式切换至夹头调节模式的中间状态部分剖视图;FIG. 28 is a partial sectional view of an intermediate state where the screwdriver is switched from the drilling mode to the chuck adjustment mode in the third embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图29为本发明第三实施例中螺丝批由钻孔模式切换至夹头调节模式的中间状态部分剖视图;29 is a partial cross-sectional view of an intermediate state where the screwdriver is switched from a drilling mode to a chuck adjustment mode in a third embodiment of the present invention;
图30为本发明第三实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式时的部分剖视图;30 is a partial cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode according to a third embodiment of the present invention;
图31为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批的局部结构的立体分解图;31 is an exploded perspective view of a partial structure of a screwdriver in a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图32为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式时的剖视示意图;32 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a drilling mode according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图33为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式时的局部结构示意图;33 is a schematic partial structural diagram of a screwdriver in a drilling mode according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图34为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式时的剖视示意图;34 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode in a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图35为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式时的局部结构示意图;35 is a partial structural diagram of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode in a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图35a为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式,且扳机开关位于终点位置时的局部结构示意图;35a is a schematic partial structural diagram of a screwdriver in a drilling mode and a trigger switch at an end position in a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图36为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批的结构示意图,其中操作者单手握持手柄部并操作模式选择件;36 is a schematic structural diagram of a screwdriver in a fourth embodiment of the present invention, in which an operator holds a handle portion with one hand and operates a mode selection member;
图37为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式的局部结构的剖视示意图;37 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial structure of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode in a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图38为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式的局部结构的剖视示意图;38 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial structure of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode in a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图39为本发明第四实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式的局部结构的剖视示意图;39 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial structure of a screwdriver in a drilling mode according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图40为本发明实施例中螺丝批的局部结构示意图,其中,模式选择件位于第二位置,第一抵接部抵接第一限位臂,第一限位臂适于带动限位机构按预设方向进行枢转;FIG. 40 is a schematic partial structural diagram of a screwdriver according to an embodiment of the present invention, in which the mode selection member is located at the second position, the first abutment portion abuts the first limit arm, and the first limit arm is adapted to drive the limit mechanism to press. Pivot in a preset direction;
图41为本发明实施例中螺丝批的局部结构示意图,其中,当模式选择件继续沿第一方向运动时,模式选择件继续推动互锁单元转动,第二限位臂将于开关扳机抵接;FIG. 41 is a partial structural schematic diagram of a screwdriver according to an embodiment of the present invention. When the mode selection member continues to move in the first direction, the mode selection member continues to push the interlock unit to rotate, and the second limit arm will abut against the switch trigger ;
图42为本发明实施例中螺丝批的局部结构示意图,其中,开关扳机沿第一方向运动至终点位置,第一限位臂与模式选择件抵接;42 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of a screwdriver according to an embodiment of the present invention, in which a switch trigger moves in a first direction to an end position, and a first limit arm abuts on a mode selection member;
图43为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式低速位时的轴向剖视图;43 is an axial cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a low-speed position in a drilling mode according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention;
图44为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式低速位时的顶部剖视图;44 is a top cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a low-speed position in a drilling mode according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention;
图45为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式高速位时的轴向剖视图;45 is an axial sectional view of a screwdriver in a high-speed position in a drilling mode according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention;
图46为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批处于钻孔模式高速位时的顶部剖视图;46 is a top cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a high-speed position in a drilling mode according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention;
图47为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批处于由钻孔模式高速位向夹头调节模式切换时中间状态的轴向剖视图;47 is an axial sectional view of an intermediate state when the screwdriver is switched from the drilling mode high speed position to the chuck adjustment mode in the fifth embodiment of the present invention;
图48为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批处于由钻孔模式高速位向夹头调节模式切换时中间状态的顶部剖视图;FIG. 48 is a top sectional view of an intermediate state when the screwdriver is switched from the drilling mode high speed position to the chuck adjustment mode in the fifth embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图49为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式时轴向剖视图;FIG. 49 is an axial sectional view of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode in a fifth embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图50为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批处于夹头调节模式时顶部剖视图;50 is a top cross-sectional view of a screwdriver in a chuck adjustment mode in a fifth embodiment of the present invention;
图51为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批的速度选择件与模式选择件的配合示意图;FIG. 51 is a schematic diagram illustrating a cooperation between a speed selector and a mode selector of a screwdriver in a fifth embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图52为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批的速度选择件的结构示意图;52 is a schematic structural diagram of a speed selection member of a screwdriver in a fifth embodiment of the present invention;
图53为本发明第五实施例中螺丝批的拨钮的结构示意图;53 is a schematic structural diagram of a dial of a screwdriver in a fifth embodiment of the present invention;
图54为图36所示的螺丝批的结构示意图,其中操作者单手握持手柄部并操作开关板机;FIG. 54 is a schematic structural diagram of the screwdriver shown in FIG. 36, in which an operator holds a handle portion with one hand and operates a switchboard machine;
图55为图本发明第五实施例中模式选择件的变形示意图;55 is a schematic diagram of a modification of a mode selector in a fifth embodiment of the present invention;
图56为图36所示的螺丝批的电路连接示意图;56 is a schematic circuit connection diagram of the screwdriver shown in FIG. 36;
图57为图36所示的螺丝批中电气元件连接的构成示意图;FIG. 57 is a schematic structural diagram of an electrical component connection in the screwdriver shown in FIG. 36; FIG.
图58为手持式动力工具的控制方法的流程图;58 is a flowchart of a control method of a handheld power tool;
图59为手持式动力工具的控制方法的流程图。FIG. 59 is a flowchart of a control method of a handheld power tool.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本发明的目的、技术方案及优点更加清楚明白,以下通过实施例,并结合附图,对本发明的手持式动力工具及其控制方法和操作方法进行进一步详细说明。应当理解,此处所描述的具体实施例仅用以解释本发明,并不用于限定本发明。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the present invention clearer, the hand-held power tool, the control method, and the operation method of the present invention will be further described in detail below through embodiments and the accompanying drawings. It should be understood that the specific embodiments described herein are only used to explain the present invention and are not intended to limit the present invention.
本文中为部件所编序号本身,例如“第一”、“第二”等,仅用于区分所描述的对象,不具有任何顺序或技术含义。而本申请所说“连接”、“联接”,如无特别说明,均包括直接和间接连接(联接)。在本发明的描述中,需要理解的是,术语“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”、“顺时针”、“逆时针”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本发明和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本发明的限制。The serial numbers of components in this article, such as "first", "second", etc., are only used to distinguish the described objects and do not have any order or technical meaning. The terms “connection” and “connection” in this application include direct and indirect connections (connections) unless otherwise specified. In the description of the present invention, it should be understood that the terms "up", "down", "front", "rear", "left", "right", "vertical", "horizontal", "top", The orientations or positional relationships indicated by "bottom", "inner", "outer", "clockwise", "counterclockwise" are based on the orientations or positional relationships shown in the drawings, and are only for the convenience of describing the present invention and simplifying the description. , Rather than indicating or implying that the device or element referred to must have a particular orientation, be constructed and operate in a particular orientation, and therefore should not be construed as limiting the invention.
在本发明中,除非另有明确的规定和限定,第一特征在第二特征“上”或 “下”可以是第一和第二特征直接接触,或第一和第二特征通过中间媒介间接接触。而且,第一特征在第二特征“之上”、“上方”和“上面”可是第一特征在第二特征正上方或斜上方,或仅仅表示第一特征水平高度高于第二特征。第一特征在第二特征“之下”、“下方”和“下面”可以是第一特征在第二特征正下方或斜下方,或仅仅表示第一特征水平高度小于第二特征。In the present invention, unless explicitly stated and defined otherwise, the first feature "on" or "down" of the second feature may be the first and second features in direct contact, or the first and second features indirectly through an intermediate medium. contact. Moreover, the first feature is "above", "above", and "above" the second feature. The first feature is directly above or obliquely above the second feature, or only indicates that the first feature is higher in level than the second feature. The first feature is “below”, “below”, and “below” of the second feature. The first feature may be directly below or obliquely below the second feature, or it may simply indicate that the first feature is less horizontal than the second feature.
第一实施方式First embodiment
在本发明手持式动力工具的优选实施方式中,手持式动力工具为螺丝批,根据动力源的不同,可分为气动螺丝批、液动螺丝批和电动螺丝批,电动螺丝批里也有直流和交流之分,本发明优选以直流电动螺丝批为例进行具体说明。In a preferred embodiment of the hand-held power tool of the present invention, the hand-held power tool is a screwdriver. According to different power sources, it can be divided into a pneumatic screwdriver, a hydraulic screwdriver and an electric screwdriver. For AC points, the present invention preferably uses a DC electric screwdriver as an example for specific description.
参见图1-图6,直流电动螺丝批10包括机壳、提供旋转动力的马达12、用于供电的电池18,传动机构以及夹头组件,夹头组件包括夹头壳体1104以及至少部分位于夹头壳体1104内的输出装置15。Referring to FIG. 1 to FIG. 6, the DC electric screwdriver 10 includes a casing, a motor 12 that provides rotational power, a battery 18 for power supply, a transmission mechanism, and a chuck assembly. Output device 15 in the chuck housing 1104.
机壳包括用于握持的手柄部以及用于收容马达的主体部。其中,手柄部与主体部呈角度设置,且手柄部包括用于形成握持手柄的手柄壳体1102,主体部包括与手柄壳体1102固定连接且可用于支撑和覆盖马达12的主壳体1101。具体地,主壳体1101由夹头壳体1104(前壳体)与后壳体1103对接形成的沿水平方向延伸的筒状结构。本实施例中,主壳体1101和手柄壳体1102呈钝角K设置,优选地,角度K在100度到130度之间,这样握持手柄操作时会比较舒适。主壳体1101具有位于后方(本发明中的提到的前、后方向以手持式动力工具在图4中所示的前、后方向为参照标准,也即从后向前方向为由马达至输出装置15的方向)的后端面以及位于前方的前端面,主壳体1101从后端面至前端面依次收容有马达12、传动机构以及至少部分输出装置15,本实施例中,需要说明的是,本实施例中,夹头壳体1104和后壳体1103之间为固定连接,也即电动工具的夹头壳体始终是不转动的,这样,当电动工具在工作时,在夹头伸入狭小的空间时不用担心夹头壳体与狭小空间的外壁接触,使得夹头的可接近性好。优选地,手柄壳体1102与后壳体1103均由half壳体组成,且后壳体1103的half壳体与手柄壳体1102的half壳体一体成型,夹头壳体1104为筒状壳体(参见图1)。可以理解的是,在其他实施例中,夹头壳体1104也可由两个 half壳体组成,或夹头壳体1104、后壳体110以及手柄壳体1102位于同一侧的half壳体一体成型以形成组成机壳的两个对称的half壳体。当然可以理解地,在其它实施例中,夹头壳体1104还可以设置为成相对于后壳体1103可转动,如电动工具在工时,夹头壳体1104随输出装置15一起转动。The cabinet includes a handle portion for holding and a main body portion for accommodating a motor. The handle portion is disposed at an angle to the main body portion, and the handle portion includes a handle housing 1102 for forming a grip handle. The main body portion includes a main housing 1101 that is fixedly connected to the handle housing 1102 and can be used to support and cover the motor 12. . Specifically, the main casing 1101 is a cylindrical structure extending in a horizontal direction formed by the chuck casing 1104 (front casing) and the rear casing 1103 being abutted. In this embodiment, the main housing 1101 and the handle housing 1102 are arranged at an obtuse angle K. Preferably, the angle K is between 100 degrees and 130 degrees, so that the handle is more comfortable to operate. The main housing 1101 has a rear position (the forward and rear directions mentioned in the present invention refer to the forward and rear directions of the hand-held power tool shown in FIG. 4 as a reference standard, that is, from the rear to the forward direction by the motor to The direction of the output device 15) is the rear end surface and the front end surface. The main housing 1101 houses the motor 12, the transmission mechanism, and at least part of the output device 15 in this order from the rear end surface to the front end surface. In this embodiment, what needs to be explained is In this embodiment, the chuck housing 1104 and the rear housing 1103 are fixedly connected, that is, the chuck housing of the power tool is always non-rotating. In this way, when the power tool is working, the chuck extends When entering a narrow space, there is no need to worry about the collet housing contacting the outer wall of the narrow space, which makes the accessibility of the collet good. Preferably, both the handle case 1102 and the rear case 1103 are composed of a half case, and the half case of the rear case 1103 and the half case of the handle case 1102 are integrally formed, and the chuck case 1104 is a cylindrical case. (See Figure 1). It can be understood that, in other embodiments, the chuck housing 1104 may also be composed of two half housings, or the half housing on the same side of the chuck housing 1104, the rear housing 110, and the handle housing 1102 may be integrally formed. To form two symmetrical half shells that make up the chassis. Of course, it can be understood that, in other embodiments, the chuck housing 1104 can also be configured to be rotatable relative to the rear housing 1103. For example, when the power tool is working, the chuck housing 1104 rotates with the output device 15.
在手柄壳体1102的上部靠近主壳体1101的部分设有按钮开关19,电池18固定在手柄壳体1101部分的后部。作为优选地实施方式,该电池18可以是锂离子电池。需要说明的是,这里所说的锂离子电池是基于锂离子脱出-其纳入反应的可充电电池的总称,依据正极材料的不同,其可构成许多体系,如“锂锰”电池、“锂铁”电池等。当然,电池也可以是其他类型的电池,如镍镉、镍氢等本领域技术人员熟知的电池类型。A button switch 19 is provided on an upper portion of the handle housing 1102 near the main housing 1101, and a battery 18 is fixed to a rear portion of the handle housing 1101. As a preferred embodiment, the battery 18 may be a lithium-ion battery. It should be noted that the lithium-ion battery mentioned here is based on lithium ion extraction-the general name of the rechargeable battery that is included in the reaction. Depending on the positive electrode material, it can constitute many systems, such as "lithium manganese" batteries, "lithium iron" "Batteries, etc. Of course, the battery may also be other types of batteries, such as nickel-cadmium, nickel-hydrogen and the like, which are well known to those skilled in the art.
传动机构包括至少一级变速行星轮系,变速行星轮系包括能够在第一变速位置和第二变速位置移动的变速齿圈。当位于第一变速位置时,传动机构能够以第一传动比输出;当位于第二变速位置时,传动机构能够以大于第一传动比的第二传动比输出。The transmission mechanism includes at least one stage of a variable-speed planetary gear train, and the variable-speed planetary gear train includes a shifting ring gear capable of moving in a first shifting position and a second shifting position. When located in the first shift position, the transmission mechanism can output at a first transmission ratio; when located in the second shift position, the transmission mechanism can output at a second transmission ratio that is greater than the first transmission ratio.
本实施例中,传动机构具体为行星齿轮减速机构13,其具有能够将马达12的动力输出的驱动轴,从而将马达12的马达轴输出的旋转运动经行星齿轮减速机构13减速后传递至输出装置15,并由输出装置15进一步带动工具头旋转以使工具头按照所需要的速度输出。In this embodiment, the transmission mechanism is specifically a planetary gear reduction mechanism 13, which has a drive shaft capable of outputting the power of the motor 12, so that the rotary motion output from the motor shaft of the motor 12 is decelerated to the output through the planetary gear reduction mechanism 13. The device 15 is further driven by the output device 15 to rotate the tool head so that the tool head outputs at a required speed.
继续参见图1-图6,马达12具有能够输出旋转动力的马达轴。在本发明的优选实施例中,马达12为电机,电机通过机壳内的定位筋(图中未示出)以及螺钉17等固定于后壳体1103内,电机具有自后壳体1103向前延伸的电机轴121,电机轴121伸入行星齿轮减速机构13内,并经行星齿轮减速机构13减速后输出。With continued reference to FIGS. 1-6, the motor 12 has a motor shaft capable of outputting rotational power. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the motor 12 is a motor. The motor is fixed in the rear case 1103 through a positioning rib (not shown in the figure) and screws 17 in the casing. The motor has a forward direction from the rear case 1103. The extended motor shaft 121 extends into the planetary gear reduction mechanism 13 and is output after being decelerated by the planetary gear reduction mechanism 13.
优选地,行星齿轮减速机构13为二级行星齿轮减速机构,包括靠近电机的第一级行星轮系131、靠近输出装置15的第二级行星轮系132。第一级行星轮系131包括固定于电机轴121上的第一太阳轮1310、与第一太阳轮1310啮合且设置于第一太阳轮1310外周的第一行星轮1311,与第一行星轮1311啮合的第一内齿圈1312以及用于支撑第一行星轮1311的第一行星架1313,第二级行星 轮系132包括固定设置于第一行星架1313上的第二太阳轮1320、与第二太阳轮1320啮合的第二行星轮1321、与第二行星轮1321啮合的第二内齿圈1322以及用于支撑第二行星轮1321的第二行星架1323。Preferably, the planetary gear reduction mechanism 13 is a two-stage planetary gear reduction mechanism, which includes a first-stage planetary gear train 131 near the motor, and a second-stage planetary gear train 132 near the output device 15. The first stage planetary gear train 131 includes a first sun gear 1310 fixed to the motor shaft 121, a first planet gear 1311 meshing with the first sun gear 1310 and disposed on the outer periphery of the first sun gear 1310, and a first planet gear 1311. The meshed first ring gear 1312 and the first planet carrier 1313 for supporting the first planet gear 1311, the second stage planetary gear train 132 includes a second sun gear 1320 fixedly disposed on the first planet carrier 1313, and A second planetary gear 1321 meshed with the two sun gears 1320, a second ring gear 1322 meshed with the second planetary gear 1321, and a second planet carrier 1323 for supporting the second planetary gear 1321.
输出装置15包括输出轴150,输出轴150包括本体151、设置于本体151并相对于输出轴150的轴线呈一定角度的夹槽153以及用于收容工具头的收容孔,输出装置15还包括设置于夹槽内并围绕收容孔设置以夹持工具头的多个夹爪以及与夹爪螺纹连接的调整件。调整件其中,定义夹头组件15远离马达12的一端为第一端。可选地,调整件可以套设于多个夹爪的外周,调整件相对于多个夹爪的外周转动以实现沿夹爪的轴向运动。当然,在本发明的其他实施方式中,调整件可以设于多个夹爪的内周,调整件相对于多个夹爪的内周转动以实现沿夹爪的轴向运动。示例性地,调整件套设于多个夹爪的外周。The output device 15 includes an output shaft 150. The output shaft 150 includes a main body 151, a clamping groove 153 disposed on the main body 151 and at a certain angle with respect to the axis of the output shaft 150, and a receiving hole for receiving a tool head. The output device 15 further includes a setting A plurality of clamping jaws and a regulating member screwed with the clamping jaws are arranged in the clamping groove and around the accommodating hole. The adjusting member defines an end of the chuck assembly 15 away from the motor 12 as a first end. Optionally, the adjusting member can be sleeved on the outer periphery of the plurality of clamping jaws, and the adjusting member is rotated relative to the outer periphery of the plurality of clamping jaws to realize axial movement along the clamping jaws. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the adjusting member may be disposed on the inner periphery of the plurality of clamping jaws, and the adjusting member is rotated relative to the inner periphery of the plurality of clamping jaws to realize axial movement along the clamping jaws. Exemplarily, the adjusting member is sleeved on the outer periphery of the plurality of clamping jaws.
优选地,调整件件包括螺母套154,螺母套154的内周壁上设有内螺纹(图中未示出),夹爪152面向内螺纹的侧面上设有外螺纹1521,当螺母套154相对于夹爪152转动时,内螺纹与外螺纹1521之间的相互作用使得夹爪152进行打开或闭合的动作。优选地,螺母套154可转动但不可轴向移动的设置于本体151。优选地,本体151上外周上设有环槽1511,螺母套154可转动地设于所述环槽(图中未标示)内,且环槽能够限制螺母套154轴向移动。请参见图7,本体151包括分别位于环槽两端的第一凸缘1512和第二凸缘1513,其中第一凸缘1512能够与螺母套154靠近工具头所在一端抵接,以限制螺母套154朝向工具头所在的一端移动(也即向前方移动),第二凸缘1513能够对螺母套154靠近电机12所在一端进行轴向限位,以防止螺母套154向靠近电机的方向移动(也即向后方移动)。可以理解的是,当夹爪152对工具头夹紧或邻近夹紧时,螺母套154旋转时受到来自夹爪152(夹爪螺纹)的作用力会加大,螺母套154具有轴向向后移动的趋势,也即螺母套154会使得第二凸缘1513承受较大的向后的轴向作用力,为此,螺母套154和第二凸缘1513之间设有端面轴承155以及垫片156,优选地,垫片156为耐磨的金属垫片。Preferably, the adjusting member includes a nut sleeve 154, an inner thread (not shown) is provided on an inner peripheral wall of the nut sleeve 154, and an external thread 1521 is provided on a side of the clamping jaw 152 facing the inner thread. When the clamping jaw 152 is rotated, the interaction between the internal thread and the external thread 1521 causes the clamping jaw 152 to open or close. Preferably, the nut sleeve 154 is rotatably but not axially disposed on the body 151. Preferably, a ring groove 1511 is provided on the upper and outer periphery of the body 151, and a nut sleeve 154 is rotatably provided in the ring groove (not shown in the figure), and the ring groove can limit the axial movement of the nut sleeve 154. Referring to FIG. 7, the body 151 includes a first flange 1512 and a second flange 1513 respectively located at two ends of the ring groove. The first flange 1512 can abut against the end of the nut sleeve 154 near the tool head to restrict the nut sleeve 154. Moving toward the end where the tool head is located (that is, moving forward), the second flange 1513 can axially limit the end where the nut sleeve 154 is close to the motor 12 to prevent the nut sleeve 154 from moving toward the motor (ie Move backwards). It can be understood that when the clamping jaw 152 clamps or closes the tool head, the nut sleeve 154 will increase the force from the clamping jaw 152 (jaw thread) when the nut sleeve 154 rotates, and the nut sleeve 154 has an axial rearward The tendency of movement, that is, the nut sleeve 154 will cause the second flange 1513 to bear a large backward axial force. For this reason, an end bearing 155 and a gasket are provided between the nut sleeve 154 and the second flange 1513. 156. Preferably, the gasket 156 is a wear-resistant metal gasket.
在本实施例中,为方便安装,螺母套154由两个半圆的半螺母套拼接形成,当然在其他实施例中螺母套154的设置方式还可以3个或三个以上的半螺母套 组成。可以理解地,为使得两个半螺母套可有效的固定在一起,两个半螺母套的外侧套设有螺母套筒157。本实施例中,收容孔的直径设置不小于10mm,优选地,收容孔的直径在10mm至13mm之间。可以理解地,在其它实施例中,调整件的结构还可以为其它形式,如调整件设有螺纹的部分位于夹爪所围设的区域内,夹爪上设有内螺纹,调整件设有与内螺纹配接的外螺纹。In this embodiment, to facilitate installation, the nut sleeve 154 is formed by splicing two half-circle half nut sleeves. Of course, in other embodiments, the arrangement manner of the nut sleeve 154 may also be composed of three or more half nut sleeves. Understandably, in order to effectively fix the two half nut sleeves together, a nut sleeve 157 is sleeved on the outside of the two half nut sleeves. In this embodiment, the diameter of the receiving hole is not less than 10 mm. Preferably, the diameter of the receiving hole is between 10 mm and 13 mm. It can be understood that, in other embodiments, the structure of the adjusting member may also be in other forms. For example, the threaded part of the adjusting member is located in the area surrounded by the clamping jaws, the clamping jaws are provided with internal threads, and the adjusting members are provided with External thread mating with internal thread.
参见图5和图6,本实施例中,第二内齿圈1322(即相当于本实施例中的变速齿圈)相对于机壳能够沿电机输出轴121在靠近电机的第一变速位置(见图6)和远离电机的第二变速位置(见图5)之间移动。当第二内齿圈1322位于第一变速位置时,第二内齿圈1322可转动的设置于机壳,且第二内齿圈1322与第一行星架1313和第二行星轮1321同时啮合,因此,第一行星架1313、第二行星轮1321、第二内齿圈1322一起转动,第二级行星轮系132无减速输出,也即第二行星架1323与第一行星架1313转速相同,第二行星架1323输出高速。当第二内齿圈1322位于第二变速位置时,第二内齿圈1322周向不可转动的固定于后壳体110,且第二内齿圈1322在轴向移动的过程中与第一行星架1313脱开啮合但第二内齿圈1322仍与第二行星轮1321啮合,以使第二行星架1323相对于第一行星架1313呈预设的减速传动比输出,第二行星架1323输出低速。Referring to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, in this embodiment, the second ring gear 1322 (that is, equivalent to the speed change ring gear in this embodiment) can be located at a first speed change position (close to the motor) along the motor output shaft 121 with respect to the casing. (See Figure 6) and a second shift position (see Figure 5) away from the motor. When the second ring gear 1322 is located in the first shifting position, the second ring gear 1322 is rotatably disposed on the casing, and the second ring gear 1322 meshes with the first planet carrier 1313 and the second planet gear 1321 at the same time. Therefore, the first planetary carrier 1313, the second planetary gear 1321, and the second ring gear 1322 rotate together, and the second stage planetary gear train 132 has no deceleration output, that is, the second planetary carrier 1323 has the same rotation speed as the first planetary carrier 1313. The second planet carrier 1323 outputs high speed. When the second ring gear 1322 is located at the second shifting position, the second ring gear 1322 is fixed to the rear case 110 in a non-rotatable manner in the circumferential direction, and the second ring gear 1322 is in contact with the first planet during the axial movement. The carrier 1313 is disengaged but the second ring gear 1322 is still engaged with the second planetary gear 1321, so that the second planetary carrier 1323 outputs a predetermined reduction gear ratio relative to the first planetary carrier 1313, and the second planetary carrier 1323 outputs Low speed.
参见图1和图5,第一行星架1313包括用于安装第一行星轮1311的第一销轴(图中未标示)、第一行星架本体1314以及设置于第一盘状本体1314背离第一销轴所在面的第一行星架输出轴1315。本实施例中,螺丝批还包括位于第一级行星轮系131和第二级行星轮系132的外侧用于封装第一、第二级行星轮系131、132的齿轮箱壳体,优选地,齿轮箱壳体包括用于隔离电机和第一级行星轮系131的齿轮箱后端盖1121、周向围设于第一级行星轮系131和第二级行星轮系132外侧的齿轮箱套筒1122以及位于第二行级星轮系132和输出装置15之间的前端盖1123,前端盖1123中部沿轴向设有向输出装置15内部延伸的空心支撑套1124(见图1或图3),第二行星架1323的驱动轴1325可转动的设置于支撑套1124内并延伸至输出装置15内部,因此,空心支撑套1124可以很好的对第二行星架1323的驱动轴1325进行支撑,使第二级行星架1323的输出更稳定。在其他实施例中,第二行星架1323的驱动轴1325的外壁和支撑套1324 内壁之间还可以设置有第二旋转支撑件1327,如滚针轴承或含油轴承等。优选地,为了实现对输出装置15更好的支撑,上述本体151可转动的支撑于支撑套1324的外侧,在其它实施例中,支撑套1324和本体151之间还可以设置有第三旋转支撑件1328。为了实现对输出装置15和第二行星架1323进行支撑的同时不增加手持动力工具的轴向长度以方便握持和操作,支撑套1324用于对第二行星架1323支撑的部分和支撑套1324用于对输出装置15支撑的部分至少部分轴向重叠或第二旋转支撑件1327和第三旋转支撑件1328至少部分轴向重叠。优选地,本实施例中,后端盖靠近传动机构的一的侧面至所述输出轴150远离马达的一侧面的距离L1不大于80mm,本实施例中,整机长度不大145mm,也即主壳体1101尾端至主壳体的首端长度L2不大于145mm。本实施例中,若夹头壳体1104(前壳体)与后壳体1103固定连接,为了实现对输出装置15的进一步支撑,也即实现对本体151的进一步支撑,本体151和夹头壳体1104(前壳体)之间设置有第一旋转支撑件16以实现对本体体151的支撑,优选地,第一旋转支撑件16为支撑轴承,输出装置15在第一旋转支撑件16和第三旋转支撑件1328的作用下,使得输出轴150工作时输出更加稳定、工作精度更高。所述第一旋转支撑件16具有靠近调整件的内侧端、以及远离调整件的外侧端,且外侧端与主壳体1101的首端平齐。1 and 5, the first planet carrier 1313 includes a first pin (not shown) for mounting the first planet wheel 1311, a first planet carrier body 1314, and a first disc-shaped body 1314 disposed away from the first The first planet carrier output shaft 1315 on the surface of the pin. In this embodiment, the screwdriver further includes a gear box housing located on the outer side of the first-stage planetary gear train 131 and the second-stage planetary gear train 132 for encapsulating the first and second-stage planetary gear trains 131 and 132, preferably The gearbox housing includes a gearbox rear cover 1121 for isolating the motor from the first-stage planetary gear train 131, and a gearbox circumferentially surrounding the first-stage planetary gear train 131 and the second-stage planetary gear train 132. The sleeve 1122 and the front end cover 1123 located between the second-stage planetary gear train 132 and the output device 15 are provided in the middle of the front end cover 1123 along the axial direction with a hollow support sleeve 1124 (see FIG. 1 or FIG. 3) The driving shaft 1325 of the second planetary carrier 1323 is rotatably disposed in the support sleeve 1124 and extends to the inside of the output device 15. Therefore, the hollow supporting sleeve 1124 can well perform the driving shaft 1325 of the second planetary carrier 1323. The support makes the output of the second stage planet carrier 1323 more stable. In other embodiments, a second rotary support 1327 such as a needle bearing or an oil bearing may be further provided between the outer wall of the driving shaft 1325 of the second planet carrier 1323 and the inner wall of the support sleeve 1324. Preferably, in order to better support the output device 15, the above-mentioned body 151 is rotatably supported outside the support sleeve 1324. In other embodiments, a third rotation support may be provided between the support sleeve 1324 and the body 151. Piece 1328. In order to support the output device 15 and the second planet carrier 1323 without increasing the axial length of the hand-held power tool to facilitate holding and operation, the support sleeve 1324 is used to support the second planet carrier 1323 and the support sleeve 1324. A portion for supporting the output device 15 at least partially axially overlaps or the second rotation support 1327 and the third rotation support 1328 overlap at least partially axially. Preferably, in this embodiment, the distance L1 from the side of the rear end cover close to the transmission mechanism to the side of the output shaft 150 away from the motor is not more than 80mm. In this embodiment, the length of the whole machine is not more than 145mm, that is, The length L2 from the tail end of the main casing 1101 to the head end of the main casing is not more than 145 mm. In this embodiment, if the chuck housing 1104 (front housing) is fixedly connected to the rear housing 1103, in order to further support the output device 15, that is, to further support the body 151, the body 151 and the chuck housing A first rotation support 16 is provided between the bodies 1104 (front casing) to support the body 151. Preferably, the first rotation support 16 is a support bearing, and the output device 15 is mounted on the first rotation support 16 and Under the action of the third rotating support 1328, the output shaft 150 is more stable in output and higher in working accuracy. The first rotating support 16 has an inner end near the adjusting member and an outer end far from the adjusting member, and the outer end is flush with the first end of the main casing 1101.
本实施例中传动机构包括输出行星轮系,输出行星轮系可转动的固定于本体151上的输出行星轮1581、位于输出行星轮1581外侧且与输出行星轮1581啮合的输出齿圈1582,驱动轴1325上设有与输出行星轮1581啮合的输出太阳轮1583。本实施例中,为了方便对输出装置15进行加工制造,本体151包括第一本体1501a以及与第一本体1501a转动连接的第二本体151b,为了满足第一本体1501a和第二本体151b之间的扭矩传递时的强度需求,优选地,第一本体1501a和第二本体151b其中之一向另一本体延伸形成与另一本体至少部分轴向重叠的延伸部151c,并通过第一本体1501a和第二本体151b的重叠部分周向抵接进行扭矩传递,第一本体1501a和第二本体151b通过压装的方式固定连接。第一本体1501a位于行星齿轮减速机构13和输出行星轮1581之间。In this embodiment, the transmission mechanism includes an output planetary gear train. The output planetary gear train is rotatably fixed to the output planetary gear 1581 on the body 151. The output planetary gear 1581 is located outside the output planetary gear 1581 and meshes with the output planetary gear 1581. The shaft 1325 is provided with an output sun gear 1583 that meshes with the output planet gear 1581. In this embodiment, in order to facilitate processing and manufacturing of the output device 15, the body 151 includes a first body 1501a and a second body 151b rotatably connected to the first body 1501a. In order to meet the requirements between the first body 1501a and the second body 151b, The strength requirement during torque transmission, preferably, one of the first body 1501a and the second body 151b extends to the other body to form an extension 151c that at least partially axially overlaps the other body, and passes through the first body 1501a and the second body The overlapping portion of the body 151b abuts in the circumferential direction for torque transmission, and the first body 1501a and the second body 151b are fixedly connected by press-fitting. The first body 1501a is located between the planetary gear reduction mechanism 13 and the output planetary gear 1581.
参见图1和图4,为了进一步缩短手持式动力工具的轴向长度,夹槽153在 输出轴150轴线上的投影与输出行星轮在输出轴150轴线上的投影至少部分重叠,也即夹槽153至少部分位于延伸部151c上。优选地,夹槽153在输出轴150轴线上的投影与第一本体1501a在输出轴150轴线上的投影至少部分轴向重叠,也即夹槽153至少部分设置于第一本体1501a上,以提供夹爪153在打开时向马达方向运动的空间。换句话说,参见图3和图4,夹爪152沿夹槽运动能够在使夹爪152闭合的前端位置和夹爪152完全打开的后端位置之间运动,当夹爪152运动至后端位置时,夹爪152在轴向上的投影与输出行星轮1581在轴向上的投影至少部分重叠。更为优选地,为了尽可能缩短本体151的轴向长度以缩短动力工具的轴向长度,当夹爪152运动至后端位置时,本体151靠近前端盖的端面到前端盖的距离为L3(图中未标示),夹爪靠近前端盖的部分到前端盖的距离为L4(图中未标示),且L3≤L4,换句话说,为了尽可能缩短本体的轴向长度以缩短动力工具的轴向长度,当夹爪152运动至后端位置(也即使夹爪完全打开的位置时)夹爪152的后端部分比本体的后端部分在轴向更靠后或夹爪152的后端部分与本体的后端部分在轴向上齐平。1 and 4, in order to further shorten the axial length of the handheld power tool, the projection of the clamping groove 153 on the axis of the output shaft 150 and the projection of the output planetary wheel on the axis of the output shaft 150 at least partially overlap, that is, the clamping groove 153 is at least partially located on the extension 151c. Preferably, the projection of the clamping groove 153 on the axis of the output shaft 150 and the projection of the first body 1501a on the axis of the output shaft 150 at least partially axially overlap, that is, the clamping groove 153 is at least partially disposed on the first body 1501a to provide Space for the jaw 153 to move in the direction of the motor when opened. In other words, referring to FIGS. 3 and 4, the movement of the gripper 152 along the grip groove can move between the front end position in which the gripper 152 is closed and the rear end position in which the gripper 152 is fully opened, and when the gripper 152 moves to the rear end In the position, the projection of the clamping jaw 152 in the axial direction and the projection of the output planetary gear 1581 in the axial direction at least partially overlap. More preferably, in order to shorten the axial length of the body 151 as much as possible to shorten the axial length of the power tool, when the jaw 152 moves to the rear position, the distance from the end surface of the body 151 near the front cover to the front cover is L3 ( (Not shown in the figure), the distance from the part of the jaw close to the front cover to the front cover is L4 (not shown), and L3 ≤ L4, in other words, in order to shorten the axial length of the body as much as possible to shorten the Axial length, when the jaw 152 is moved to the rear end position (even when the jaw is fully opened), the rear end portion of the jaw 152 is axially rearward of the rear end portion of the body or the rear end of the jaw 152 The portion is flush with the rear end portion of the body in the axial direction.
参见图6,本实施例中,输出装置15还包括固定于本体151上的输出销轴1584,输出行星轮1581可转动的设置于输出销轴1584。优选地,为方便输出装置15的组装,输出销轴1584可选择性的固定于第一本体1501a或第二本体151b,本实施例中,优选地,输出销轴1584靠近第一本体1501a的一端固定于第一本体1501a,输出销轴1584靠近第二本体151b的一端与第二本体151b间隔设置,也即输出销轴1584靠近第二本体151b的一端处于悬空状态,其并未固定于第二本体151b。为降低输出行星轮1581的端部与第一本体1501a或第二本体151b之间的摩擦,输出行星轮1581与第一本体1501a和151b之间设有垫片1337(参见图1和图7),优选地,该垫片1337为金属垫片。需要说明的是,输出销轴1584也可固定在第二本体1335上,或输出销轴1584一端固定在第一本体1501a上,另一端固定在第二本体体151b上。可以理解地,在其他实施例中,输出装置15的结构还可以为其他形式,此处不再赘述。Referring to FIG. 6, in this embodiment, the output device 15 further includes an output pin 1584 fixed on the body 151, and the output planetary gear 1581 is rotatably disposed on the output pin 1584. Preferably, in order to facilitate the assembly of the output device 15, the output pin 1584 may be selectively fixed to the first body 1501a or the second body 151b. In this embodiment, preferably, the output pin 1584 is close to one end of the first body 1501a. It is fixed to the first body 1501a. The end of the output pin 1584 near the second body 151b is spaced from the second body 151b. That is, the end of the output pin 1584 near the second body 151b is in a suspended state, and it is not fixed to the second body.体 151b. In order to reduce the friction between the end of the output planetary gear 1581 and the first body 1501a or the second body 151b, a washer 1337 is provided between the output planetary gear 1581 and the first bodies 1501a and 151b (see FIGS. 1 and 7). Preferably, the gasket 1337 is a metal gasket. It should be noted that the output pin 1584 may also be fixed on the second body 1335, or one end of the output pin 1584 is fixed on the first body 1501a, and the other end is fixed on the second body 151b. It can be understood that, in other embodiments, the structure of the output device 15 may also be in other forms, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例中,螺丝批还包括模式选择机构,模式选择机构用于可操作地使螺丝批至少在钻孔模式(以下简称drill模式)以及夹头调节模式(以下简称auto  chuck模式)之间切换,当螺丝批处于drill模式时,马达12的动力通过驱动轴带动本体151、夹爪152、调整件以及工具头(螺丝批头)一起旋转以执行工作;当螺丝批处于auto chuck模式时,螺母套154与本体151其中之一能够由马达12驱动相对于两者之另一旋转,以使多个夹爪152相对本体151运动,以进行合拢或者张开动作,优选地,本体151以及位于本体151内的夹爪152不转动,螺母套154相对于夹爪152转动,以使夹爪152进行合拢或者张开动作。In this embodiment, the screwdriver further includes a mode selection mechanism. The mode selection mechanism is operable to switch the screwdriver between at least a drilling mode (hereinafter referred to as a drill mode) and a chuck adjustment mode (hereinafter referred to as an auto chuck mode). When the screwdriver is in the drill mode, the power of the motor 12 drives the body 151, the clamping jaw 152, the adjustment member and the tool head (screwdriver head) together to perform the work through the drive shaft; when the screwdriver is in the autochuck mode, the nut One of the sleeve 154 and the main body 151 can be driven by the motor 12 to rotate relative to the other, so as to move the plurality of clamping jaws 152 relative to the main body 151 to perform a closing or opening action. Preferably, the main body 151 and the main body 151 and The clamping jaw 152 in 151 does not rotate, and the nut sleeve 154 rotates relative to the clamping jaw 152 to make the clamping jaw 152 close or open.
输出太阳轮1583位于伸出空心支撑套1124外侧的第二行星架驱动轴1325上,并与设置于本体151上的输出行星轮1581啮合,以将第二级行星轮系132的转动传递至输出装置15。本实施例中,输出齿圈1332具有沿轴向靠近电机的第一工作位置以及远离电机的第二工作位置,参见图4-图5,当螺丝批处于drill模式时,输出齿圈1582位于第一工作位置时,输出齿圈1582不可转动的相对于机壳固定,也即输出齿圈1582相对于机壳不能够转动,且输出齿圈1582与输出行星轮1581啮合。因此,输出太阳轮1583将转动传递给输出行星轮1581,输出行星轮1581在固定的输出齿圈1582的作用下带动本体151、夹爪以及位于本体151内的工具头旋转。The output sun gear 1583 is located on the second planet carrier drive shaft 1325 protruding from the outside of the hollow support sleeve 1124 and meshes with the output planet gear 1581 provided on the body 151 to transmit the rotation of the second-stage planetary gear train 132 to the output装置 15。 Device 15. In this embodiment, the output ring gear 1332 has a first working position that is close to the motor in the axial direction and a second working position that is far from the motor. See FIGS. 4-5. When the screwdriver is in drill mode, the output ring gear 1582 is located at the first position. In a working position, the output ring gear 1582 is non-rotatable and fixed relative to the casing, that is, the output ring gear 1582 cannot be rotated relative to the casing, and the output ring gear 1582 meshes with the output planetary gear 1581. Therefore, the output sun gear 1583 transmits the rotation to the output planet gear 1581, and the output planet gear 1581 drives the body 151, the clamping jaw, and the tool head located in the body 151 to rotate under the action of the fixed output ring gear 1582.
参见图3-图4,当螺丝批处于auto chuck模式时,输出齿圈1582位于第二工作位置时,输出齿圈1582仍然与第三行星轮1331啮合,但可相对于机壳转动,也即当输出齿圈1582位于第二工作位置时,输出行星轮1581将转动传递给输出齿圈1582,使得输出齿圈1582相对于机壳转动。在第二工作位置时,输出齿圈1582同时能够将转动传递至螺母套154以使螺母套154相对于夹爪152转动,使得夹爪152能够根据需要进行打开或闭合动作。Referring to FIGS. 3-4, when the screwdriver is in the autochuck mode and the output ring gear 1582 is in the second working position, the output ring gear 1582 is still engaged with the third planetary gear 1331, but can be rotated relative to the casing, that is, When the output ring gear 1582 is in the second working position, the output planetary gear 1581 transmits rotation to the output ring gear 1582, so that the output ring gear 1582 rotates relative to the casing. In the second working position, the output ring gear 1582 can simultaneously transmit rotation to the nut sleeve 154 to rotate the nut sleeve 154 relative to the clamping jaw 152, so that the clamping jaw 152 can perform an opening or closing action as required.
通过上述描述可知,auto chuck模式下,输出齿圈1582位于第二工作位置时,输出行星轮1581将转动传递至输出齿圈1582并通过输出齿圈1582进一步将转动传递至螺母套154以使螺母套154相对于此时不转动的本体151(夹爪152)转动,使得夹爪152根据需要进行打开或闭合动作。优选地,本实施例通过将本体151选择性的锁定于机壳以实现螺母套154能够相对于本体151以及设置在本体151内的夹爪152转动,优选地,本实施例中通过将第一本体1501a选择性的锁定于机壳以实现本体151相对于机壳固定。It can be known from the above description that in the autochuck mode, when the output ring gear 1582 is in the second working position, the output planetary gear 1581 transmits the rotation to the output ring gear 1582 and further transmits the rotation to the nut sleeve 154 through the output ring gear 1582 to make the nut The sleeve 154 rotates relative to the body 151 (clamping claw 152) which does not rotate at this time, so that the clamping claw 152 can perform an opening or closing action as required. Preferably, in this embodiment, the body 151 is selectively locked to the casing so that the nut sleeve 154 can rotate relative to the body 151 and the clamping jaw 152 provided in the body 151. Preferably, in this embodiment, the first The main body 1501a is selectively locked to the casing to realize the fixing of the main body 151 relative to the casing.
参见图1,为实现auto chuck模式下第一本体1501a相对于机壳固定,模式选择机构包括用于固定第一本体1501a的锁止元件,锁止元件始终周向不可转动的固定于机壳,但能够相对于机壳进行轴向移动以在第一锁位置和第二锁位置之间切换,优选地,本实施例中,锁止元件通过沿轴向移动以实现锁止元件在第一锁位置和第二锁位置之间切换,且第一锁位置靠近第一本体1501a,第二锁位置远离第一本体1501a。参见图3和图4,当螺丝批处于auto chuck模式时,锁止元件位于第一锁位置,锁止元件将第一本体1501a周向不可转动地锁定于机壳。参见图4-图5,当处于drill模式时,锁止元件位于第二锁位置,锁止元件解除对第一本体1501a的周向锁定,输出行星轮1581能够带动本体151以及位于本体151内的夹爪152一起转动。需要说明的是,根据上述的描述可知,本实施例中,由于drill模式时,输出齿圈1582在相对于机壳不可转动的第一工作位置,因此,模式选择机构还包括将输出齿圈1582在第一工作位置时固定于机壳的结构,如内齿圈锁,本实施例为了简化螺丝批内部的结构,锁止元件还能够用于对输出齿圈1582进行周向固定,也即本实施例中,锁止元件同时起内齿圈锁的作用,也即锁止元件包括用于锁定本体的本体锁134以及用于锁定输出齿圈1582的内齿圈锁181。Referring to FIG. 1, in order to realize that the first body 1501a is fixed relative to the casing in the autochuck mode, the mode selection mechanism includes a locking element for fixing the first body 1501a, and the locking element is always fixed to the casing in a non-rotatable circumferential direction. However, it can be moved axially relative to the casing to switch between the first lock position and the second lock position. Preferably, in this embodiment, the lock element is moved in the axial direction to realize the lock element in the first lock position. Switch between the position and the second lock position, and the first lock position is close to the first body 1501a, and the second lock position is far from the first body 1501a. Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, when the screwdriver is in an autochuck mode, the locking element is located at the first locking position, and the locking element locks the first body 1501a to the casing in a non-rotatable manner in the circumferential direction. Referring to FIGS. 4-5, when in the drill mode, the locking element is located at the second lock position, the locking element releases the circumferential lock on the first body 1501a, and the output planetary wheel 1581 can drive the body 151 and the inside of the body 151. The jaws 152 rotate together. It should be noted that according to the above description, in this embodiment, since the output ring gear 1582 is in a first working position that is not rotatable relative to the casing in the drill mode, the mode selection mechanism further includes the output ring gear 1582 The structure fixed to the casing in the first working position, such as an internal ring gear lock. In order to simplify the internal structure of the screwdriver in this embodiment, the locking element can also be used to circumferentially fix the output ring gear 1582. In the embodiment, the locking element also functions as an internal ring gear lock, that is, the locking element includes a body lock 134 for locking the body and an internal ring gear lock 181 for locking the output ring gear 1582.
以下将结合附图对锁止元件结构以及锁止元件如何在drill模式以及auto chuck模式下分别起到本体锁134的作用以及内齿圈锁(图中未标号)作用的工作原理进行详细说明。参见图4-图5,drill模式时,锁止元件位于第二锁位置时,输出齿圈1582位于第一工作位置。此时,锁止元件(本体锁134)解除对第一本体1501a的周向锁定,且同时与输出齿圈1582连接并将输出齿圈1582不可转动的固定于机壳,以使输出行星轮1581能够带动本体151以及夹爪152进行旋转,也即本体锁134与第一本体1501a分离,内齿圈锁与输出齿圈1582连接。优选地,内齿圈锁包括设置于锁止元件内壁的通槽1340,输出齿圈1582上设有与通槽1340配合的齿圈锁齿1582a,本体锁134的上述通槽1340以及位于输出齿圈1582端部的齿圈锁齿1582a实现输出齿圈1582的周向固定,也即输出齿圈1582的齿圈锁齿1582a插入到对应的轴向通槽1340内以实现输出齿圈的固定。此时,输出太阳轮1583将扭矩传递至第三行星轮1331,且在输出齿圈 1582的作用下,输出行星轮1581围绕输出太阳轮1583公转以带动本体151以及夹爪152转动,并通过夹爪152带动工具头进行工作。当然可以理解地,在其他实施例中本体锁和以及与本体锁配接的第四锁定件还可以为其他形式,此处不再赘述。The structure of the locking element and how the locking element functions as the body lock 134 and the ring gear lock (not labeled in the figure) in the drill mode and the autochuck mode will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings. Referring to FIGS. 4-5, in the drill mode, when the locking element is in the second lock position, the output ring gear 1582 is in the first working position. At this time, the locking element (body lock 134) releases the circumferential lock on the first body 1501a, and at the same time is connected to the output ring gear 1582 and the output ring gear 1582 is non-rotatably fixed to the casing, so that the output planetary gear 1581 The body 151 and the clamping jaw 152 can be driven to rotate, that is, the body lock 134 is separated from the first body 1501a, and the ring gear lock is connected to the output ring gear 1582. Preferably, the ring gear lock includes a through groove 1340 provided on the inner wall of the locking element. The output ring gear 1582 is provided with a ring gear lock tooth 1582a that cooperates with the through groove 1340, the above-mentioned through groove 1340 of the body lock 134, and the output tooth The ring gear locking tooth 1582a at the end of the ring 1582 realizes the circumferential fixing of the output ring gear 1582, that is, the ring gear locking tooth 1582a of the output ring gear 1582 is inserted into the corresponding axial through groove 1340 to achieve the fixing of the output ring gear. At this time, the output sun gear 1583 transmits torque to the third planet gear 1331, and under the action of the output ring gear 1582, the output planet gear 1581 revolves around the output sun gear 1583 to drive the body 151 and the clamping jaw 152 to rotate, and through the clamp The claw 152 drives the tool head to work. Of course, it can be understood that, in other embodiments, the main body lock and the fourth locking member matched with the main body lock may also be in other forms, and details are not described herein again.
当螺丝批通过模式选择机构由drill模式切换至auto chuck模式时,此时锁止元件由第二锁位置向靠近第一本体1501a方向移动(向后移动)至第一锁位置以实现对第一本体1501a的锁定,同时输出齿圈1582由第一工作位置向远离第一本体1501a且靠近螺母套154的方向(向前)移动至第二工作位置以实现与内齿圈锁分开并与螺母套154旋转连接。优选地,第一本体1501a上设有与本体锁134配接的第一锁定件,本实施例中,第一锁定件为设置于第一本体1501a上的锁块1510,本体锁134上设有与第一锁定件配接的第二锁定件,优选地第二锁定件为上述通槽1340,也即锁止元件(本体锁134)通过通槽1340与锁块1510配接实现对第一本体1501a的锁定。因此,在auto chuck模式下,锁止元件位于第一锁位置时,输出齿圈1582位于第二工作位置,此时,锁止元件将本体151、夹爪152周向锁定,输出齿圈1582带动螺母套154相对于夹爪152转动。When the screwdriver passes the mode selection mechanism from the drill mode to the autochuck mode, the locking element is moved from the second lock position toward the first body 1501a (backward movement) to the first lock position to achieve the first The body 1501a is locked while the output ring gear 1582 is moved from the first working position away from the first body 1501a and close to the nut sleeve 154 (forward) to the second working position to achieve separation from the ring gear lock and from the nut sleeve 154 rotary connection. Preferably, the first body 1501a is provided with a first locking member mated with the body lock 134. In this embodiment, the first locking member is a lock block 1510 provided on the first body 1501a, and the body lock 134 is provided with The second locking member mated with the first locking member, preferably the second locking member is the aforementioned through groove 1340, that is, the locking element (body lock 134) is mated with the lock block 1510 through the through groove 1340 to realize the first body. 1501a lock. Therefore, in the autochuck mode, when the locking element is in the first locking position, the output ring gear 1582 is in the second working position. At this time, the locking element circumferentially locks the body 151 and the clamping jaw 152, and the output ring gear 1582 is driven. The nut sleeve 154 rotates relative to the jaw 152.
参见图1和图6,本实施例中,在auto chuck模式下,为了保证在夹爪152对工具头夹紧后或夹爪152已经松开后,夹爪152不再继续夹紧或继续打开,也即螺母套154不再继续对夹爪152施加扭力,上述输出齿圈1582和螺母套154之间设有用于在夹爪152夹紧或完全打开后使输出齿圈1582和螺母套154之间断开扭矩传递的离合机构20。离合机构20包括能够与输出齿圈1582转动连接的第一离合件21,以及与螺母套154转动连接的且可相对于螺母套154轴向移动的第二离合件22以及,其中,当夹爪152夹紧或完全打开后,第二离合件22轴向向前移动,第一离合件21与第二离合件22脱开,输出齿圈1582不再将扭矩传递至螺母套154。优选地,第一离合件21为套设于本体151外周的的卡环,其中,卡环靠近输出齿圈1582的一端设有与输出齿圈1582的内齿配合的以实现扭矩传递的啮合齿211,卡环靠近第二离合件22的一端设有用于与第二离合件22进行扭矩传递的离合动端齿212。第二离合件22上设有与离合动端齿212 配合作用的离合静端齿222,且第二离合件22的前端设有离合弹性件23,以使当夹爪152夹紧或完全打开后,也即第一离合件21和第二离合件22之间的扭力增大到预定值时,第二离合件22压缩离合弹性件23,以使离合动端齿212和离合静端齿222间脱开连接。在第二离合件22与第一离合件21脱开后,第二离合件22在离合弹性件23的作用下向后运动,也即自动复位并推动第二离合件22至离合动端齿212和离合静端齿222啮合的位置。因此,当夹爪152夹紧或完全打开后,离合机构20进行反复的自动脱扣动作。Referring to FIG. 1 and FIG. 6, in this embodiment, in the autochuck mode, in order to ensure that after the clamping jaw 152 clamps the tool head or after the clamping jaw 152 has been released, the clamping jaw 152 will not continue to clamp or continue to open. That is, the nut sleeve 154 does not continue to apply torque to the clamping jaw 152, and the output ring gear 1582 and the nut sleeve 154 are provided between the output ring gear 1582 and the nut sleeve 154 after the clamping jaw 152 is clamped or fully opened. Clutch mechanism 20 for intermittent torque transmission. The clutch mechanism 20 includes a first clutch member 21 capable of being rotatably connected to the output ring gear 1582, and a second clutch member 22 rotatably connected to the nut sleeve 154 and axially movable relative to the nut sleeve 154. After being clamped or fully opened at 152, the second clutch member 22 moves axially forward, the first clutch member 21 is disengaged from the second clutch member 22, and the output ring gear 1582 no longer transmits torque to the nut sleeve 154. Preferably, the first clutch member 21 is a snap ring sleeved on the outer periphery of the body 151, wherein an end of the snap ring near the output ring gear 1582 is provided with an engaging tooth that cooperates with the internal teeth of the output ring gear 1582 to achieve torque transmission. 211. An end of the snap ring near the second clutch member 22 is provided with a clutch moving end tooth 212 for torque transmission with the second clutch member 22. The second clutch member 22 is provided with a clutch static end tooth 222 which cooperates with the clutch moving end tooth 212, and the front end of the second clutch member 22 is provided with a clutch elastic member 23, so that when the clamping jaw 152 is clamped or fully opened, That is, when the torque between the first clutch member 21 and the second clutch member 22 increases to a predetermined value, the second clutch member 22 compresses the clutch elastic member 23 so that the clutch end teeth 212 and the clutch static end teeth 222 are spaced between them. Disconnect. After the second clutch member 22 is disengaged from the first clutch member 21, the second clutch member 22 moves backward under the action of the clutch elastic member 23, that is, it automatically resets and pushes the second clutch member 22 to the clutch end tooth 212 The meshing position with the clutch static end tooth 222. Therefore, after the clamping claw 152 is clamped or fully opened, the clutch mechanism 20 performs a repeated automatic trip operation.
参见图1,离合动端齿212以及离合静端齿222包括导向斜面(图中未标示),通过导向斜面使得第二离合件22能够压缩离合弹性件23以使第一离合件21和第二离合件22分离。需要说明的是,当夹爪152夹紧或完全打开后,导向斜面同样会使得第一离合件21也具有向靠近电机方向运动的趋势,也即第一离合件21会受到一个向后运动的轴向力,为防止第一离合件21向后运动以抵压输出齿圈1582(需要说明的是,当输出齿圈1582受到来自第一离合件的在脱扣时的轴向力时,也即受到离合力时,输出齿圈1582同样会给带动其运动的模式选择机构一个轴向力,如给带动输出齿圈1582运动的操作件一个轴向力,这样操作件将会受力),螺丝批10还包括一个与第一离合件21轴向抵接的轴向抵接件。优选地,轴向抵接件为设置于本体151上的第三凸缘1514(参见图7)。Referring to FIG. 1, the clutch moving end teeth 212 and the clutch static end teeth 222 include a guide inclined surface (not shown in the figure). The guide inclined surface enables the second clutch member 22 to compress the clutch elastic member 23 to make the first clutch member 21 and the second The clutch 22 is separated. It should be noted that when the clamping jaw 152 is clamped or fully opened, the guide inclined surface will also cause the first clutch 21 to move closer to the motor, that is, the first clutch 21 will be subjected to a backward movement. Axial force, in order to prevent the first clutch 21 from moving backward to press the output ring gear 1582 (It should be noted that when the output ring gear 1582 receives an axial force from the first clutch when it is tripped, it also That is, when receiving the clutch force, the output ring gear 1582 will also give an axial force to the mode selection mechanism that drives its movement, such as an axial force to the operating member that drives the output ring gear 1582, so that the operating member will be stressed), The screwdriver 10 further includes an axial abutting member that abuts axially with the first clutch member 21. Preferably, the axial contact member is a third flange 1514 (see FIG. 7) provided on the body 151.
由以上电动螺丝批在drill模式和auto chuck模式时的工作原理的描述可知,当处于夹头调节模式时,本体151相对于机壳固定设置,离合件21、22能够将马达的旋转动力传递至调整件从而使所述调整件能够相对于本体转动,并当第一离合件和第二离合件之间传递的旋转力达到预定值时(也即夹头夹紧或打开到位后),上述离合件21、22中的至少一个克服离合弹性件23的作用力进行运动以使第一离合件21和第二离合件22断开连接,从而断开传动机构和调整件在旋转方向的连接;当处于钻孔模式时,离合件21、22无法将马达的旋转动力传递至调整件,且本体151在旋转方向连接至马达并带动夹爪152和调整件转动以带动工具头执行工作。因此,电动螺丝批无论是在drill模式还是auto chuck模式,第一离合件21和第二离合件22之间始终在离合弹性件23的作用下啮合,只有当夹爪完全打开或闭合后,第二离合件22才会克服离合弹性件23的作用 力并与第一离合件分离。因此,第一离合件21和第二离合件之间的啮合程度以及脱扣力主要受离合弹性件23的影响,离合“脱扣”力的大小比较恒定,也即使第一离合件和第二离合件分离的预定旋转力的大小比较稳定。From the above description of the working principle of the electric screwdriver in the drill mode and the autochuck mode, it can be known that when in the chuck adjustment mode, the body 151 is fixed relative to the casing, and the clutch members 21 and 22 can transmit the rotational power of the motor to The adjusting member thus enables the adjusting member to rotate relative to the body, and when the rotational force transmitted between the first clutch member and the second clutch member reaches a predetermined value (that is, after the chuck is clamped or opened in place), the above clutch At least one of the members 21 and 22 moves against the force of the clutch elastic member 23 to disconnect the first clutch member 21 and the second clutch member 22, thereby disconnecting the connection between the transmission mechanism and the adjusting member in the rotation direction; When in the drilling mode, the clutch members 21 and 22 cannot transmit the rotation power of the motor to the adjustment member, and the body 151 is connected to the motor in the rotation direction and drives the gripper 152 and the adjustment member to rotate to drive the tool head to perform work. Therefore, whether the electric screwdriver is in the drill mode or the autochuck mode, the first clutch member 21 and the second clutch member 22 are always engaged by the clutch elastic member 23, and only when the jaw is completely opened or closed, the first Only the two clutch members 22 overcome the force of the clutch elastic member 23 and separate from the first clutch member. Therefore, the degree of engagement between the first clutch member 21 and the second clutch member and the trip force are mainly affected by the clutch elastic member 23. The magnitude of the clutch "trip" force is relatively constant, even if the first clutch member and the second clutch member The magnitude of the predetermined rotational force for the clutch to separate is relatively stable.
以下将结合图8-图23对本实施例中的模式选择机构的操作件30以及与操作件30相关的结构进行进一步介绍。通过上述对auto chuck模式下离合机构20的“脱扣”原理的描述可知,在离合弹性件23作用下,离合静端齿222与离合动端齿212反复进行啮合和脱开动作,会产生较大噪音,且尤其在转速较高时,该声音会非常刺耳。本实施例中通过对模式选择机构中供操作件30运动的滑槽的设置,使得螺丝批只有在低速模式下才能够处于auto chuck模式。此时,操作件30相当于模式选择机构的模式选择件,通过对操作件30进行拨动操作,实现手持式动力工具在drill模式与auto chuck模式的切换。参见图8-图13,滑槽具有供操作件在drill工作模式下的高速位置和低速位置之间切换的第一滑槽311,且操作件30在高速位置和低速位置滑动时,操作件30能够带动上述的第二内齿圈1322相应在第一变速位置和第二变速位置之间移动。此外,滑槽还包括用于切换至auto chuck模式的第二滑槽312,第二滑槽312与第一滑槽311中对应的低速位置相连接,使得操作件30只有在低速位置时才能沿第二滑槽312运动以进行从drill模式切换至auto chuck模式。优选地,第二滑槽312为两段,分别设置于第一滑槽311的两侧以分别实现auto chuck模式下夹爪152的夹紧的夹紧槽3121和夹爪松开的打开槽3122。优选地,第一滑槽311在机壳上沿电机轴121的轴向延伸,第二滑槽32分布于第一滑槽311两侧且大致与第一滑槽311垂直。因此,滑槽大致呈位于壳体上的“T”型槽结构。The operation member 30 and the structure related to the operation member 30 of the mode selection mechanism in this embodiment will be further described below with reference to FIGS. 8 to 23. According to the above description of the "trip" principle of the clutch mechanism 20 in the autochuck mode, it can be known that under the action of the clutch elastic member 23, the clutch static end teeth 222 and the clutch movable end teeth 212 repeatedly engage and disengage, which results in Loud noise, and the sound can be very harsh, especially at higher speeds. In this embodiment, the chute for moving the operating member 30 in the mode selection mechanism is set, so that the screwdriver can be in the autochuck mode only in the low-speed mode. At this time, the operation member 30 is equivalent to a mode selection member of a mode selection mechanism, and a switch operation between the drill mode and the autochuck mode of the hand-held power tool is realized by dialing the operation member 30. Referring to FIG. 8 to FIG. 13, the chute has a first chute 311 for switching between the high-speed position and the low-speed position of the operating member in the drill working mode, and when the operating member 30 slides at the high-speed position and the low-speed position, the operating member 30 The second ring gear 1322 can be driven to move between the first shift position and the second shift position. In addition, the chute also includes a second chute 312 for switching to the autochuck mode. The second chute 312 is connected to the corresponding low-speed position in the first chute 311, so that the operating member 30 can only follow the low-speed position. The second chute 312 moves to switch from the drill mode to the autochuck mode. Preferably, the second sliding groove 312 is two sections, which are respectively disposed on both sides of the first sliding groove 311 to realize the clamping groove 3121 of the clamping jaw 152 in the autochuck mode and the opening groove 3122 for releasing the clamping jaw, respectively. . Preferably, the first sliding groove 311 extends along the axial direction of the motor shaft 121 on the casing, and the second sliding groove 32 is distributed on both sides of the first sliding groove 311 and is substantially perpendicular to the first sliding groove 311. Therefore, the slide groove is roughly a "T" groove structure on the housing.
参见图14-图16,本实施例中,在drill模式下,操作件30通过机壳内的连接组件带动第二内齿圈1322在第一变速位置和第二变速位置之间移动,优选地,连接组件包括圆弧形换挡钢丝41以及连接换挡钢丝41和操作件30且可在操作件30带动下轴向移动的滑动件42,换挡钢丝41的两个自由端分别位于第二内齿圈1322的环槽1326内以通过换挡钢丝41带动第二内齿圈1322移动,为了使滑动件42能够在机壳内沿着预定的路径运动,齿轮箱壳体上设有供滑动件42轴向移动的滑轨1125。优选地,滑动件42设置于换挡钢丝41的两自由端中间, 换挡钢丝41于滑动件42和自由端中间位置枢接于齿轮箱壳体。本实施例中,操作件30与滑动件42之间可相对转动,也即操作件30能够相对于滑动件42转动以使螺丝批从drill模式切换至auto chuck模式时。优选地,滑动件42沿圆周方向设置弧形槽421,操作件30的前端设有与弧形槽配合的导向块300,当操作件30在高速位置和低速位置之间切换时,导向块300通过弧形槽421带动滑动件42轴向移动;当操作件在低速位置转动时,也即操作件30在低速位置沿第二滑槽运动,导向块300能够在弧形槽421内转动以使操作件30相对于滑动件42转动。Referring to FIG. 14 to FIG. 16, in the present embodiment, in the drill mode, the operating member 30 drives the second ring gear 1322 to move between the first shift position and the second shift position through a connecting component in the casing, preferably The connecting assembly includes an arc-shaped shifting wire 41 and a sliding member 42 that connects the shifting wire 41 and the operating member 30 and can be moved axially under the driving of the operating member 30. The two free ends of the shifting wire 41 are respectively located at the second In the ring groove 1326 of the ring gear 1322, the second ring gear 1322 is moved by the shift wire 41. In order to allow the slider 42 to move along the predetermined path in the casing, a gear box housing is provided for sliding Piece 42 moves the slide rail 1125 axially. Preferably, the sliding member 42 is disposed between the two free ends of the shift wire 41, and the shift wire 41 is pivotally connected to the gear box housing at a middle position between the sliding member 42 and the free end. In this embodiment, the operating member 30 and the sliding member 42 can rotate relative to each other, that is, when the operating member 30 can rotate relative to the sliding member 42 to switch the screwdriver from the drill mode to the autochuck mode. Preferably, the sliding member 42 is provided with an arc-shaped groove 421 along the circumferential direction, and the front end of the operation member 30 is provided with a guide block 300 that cooperates with the arc-shaped groove. When the operation member 30 is switched between the high speed position and the low speed position, the guide block 300 The arc-shaped groove 421 drives the sliding member 42 to move axially; when the operating member rotates at a low-speed position, that is, the operating member 30 moves along the second sliding groove at a low-speed position, the guide block 300 can rotate in the arc-shaped groove 421 so that The operation member 30 rotates with respect to the slider 42.
优选地,模式选择机构还包括套设在齿轮箱壳体外侧且能够通过操作件30驱动转动的切换环43、导引件(图中未标示)、推杆组件45以及上述既能够锁定本体151又能够锁定输出齿圈1582的锁止元件,优选地,切换环43上设有开槽431,使得操作件30能够沿开槽431进行轴向移动以实现在drill模式下在高速位置和低速位置之间切换;当操作件30在低速位置沿第二滑槽运动时,也即操作件30进行周向转动时,操作件30在转动的过程中周向抵接切换环43以使切换环43一起转动,切换环43上设有第一导向槽4321以及第二导向槽4322。推杆组件45包括与锁止元件连接的第一推杆组件451以及与输出齿圈1582连接的第二推杆组件452,优选地,导引件为切换销轴,切换销轴包括连接第一推杆组件451和第一导向槽4321的第一切换销轴4514以及连接第二推杆组件452以及第一导向槽4322的第二切换销轴4524。Preferably, the mode selection mechanism further includes a switching ring 43 sleeved on the outside of the gear box housing and capable of being driven and rotated by the operating member 30, a guide member (not shown in the figure), a push rod assembly 45, and the above-mentioned both capable of locking the body 151 It can also lock the locking element of the output ring gear 1582. Preferably, the switching ring 43 is provided with a slot 431, so that the operating member 30 can move axially along the slot 431 to achieve the high-speed position and the low-speed position in the drill mode. When the operating member 30 moves along the second chute at a low speed position, that is, when the operating member 30 rotates in the circumferential direction, the operating member 30 abuts the switching ring 43 in the circumferential direction during the rotation to make the switching ring 43 Rotating together, the switching ring 43 is provided with a first guide groove 4321 and a second guide groove 4322. The push rod assembly 45 includes a first push rod assembly 451 connected to the locking element and a second push rod assembly 452 connected to the output ring gear 1582. Preferably, the guide is a switching pin, and the switching pin includes a connection to the first The push rod assembly 451 and the first switch pin 4514 of the first guide groove 4321 and the second switch pin 4524 connected to the second push rod assembly 452 and the first guide groove 4322.
参见图8-图11和图18-图21,当操作件30由图10所示的位置切换至图8所示的位置时,也即由drill模式低速状态切换至auto chuck模式下夹爪152打开状态,切换环43在操作件30的作用下随操作件30一起按图11中的箭头L方向旋转,切换环43上的第一导向槽4321通过第一切换销轴4514和第一推杆组件451带动锁止元件轴向向后移动,同时切换环43上的第二导向槽4322通过第二切换销轴4524和第二推杆组件452带动输出齿圈1582进行轴向向前移动,以实现本体151的固定以及输出齿圈1582与螺母套154旋转连接。优选地,本实施例中,切换环43还设有打开触发件433和锁紧触发件434,在输出齿圈1582以及锁止元件运动到预定的位置后,打开触发件433触发马达换向开关435 以使电机按预定的方向带动螺母套154旋转进行夹爪152的打开动作。参见图10-图12和图19-图21,当操作件30由图10所示的位置切换至图12所示的位置时,也即由drill模式低速状态切换至auto chuck模式下夹爪152闭合状态,切换环43在转动到位后通过与其连接的锁紧触发件434触发马达换向开关435以使电机按预定的方向带动螺母套154旋转进行夹爪152的闭合动作,其原理与上述夹爪152打开时基本相同,此处不再赘述。Referring to FIG. 8 to FIG. 11 and FIG. 18 to FIG. 21, when the operating member 30 is switched from the position shown in FIG. 10 to the position shown in FIG. 8, that is, the low-speed state of the drill mode is switched to the gripper 152 in the auto-chuck mode. In the open state, the switching ring 43 rotates with the operating member 30 in the direction of the arrow L in FIG. 11 under the action of the operating member 30. The first guide groove 4321 on the switching ring 43 passes through the first switching pin 4514 and the first push rod. The component 451 drives the locking element to move axially backward, and at the same time, the second guide groove 4322 on the switching ring 43 drives the output ring gear 1582 to move forward axially through the second switching pin 4524 and the second push rod assembly 452 to The body 151 is fixed and the output ring gear 1582 and the nut sleeve 154 are rotationally connected. Preferably, in this embodiment, the switching ring 43 is further provided with an opening trigger 433 and a locking trigger 434. After the output ring gear 1582 and the locking element move to a predetermined position, opening the trigger 433 triggers the motor reversing switch. 435 causes the motor to drive the nut sleeve 154 to rotate in a predetermined direction to open the clamping jaw 152. Referring to FIGS. 10 to 12 and 19 to 21, when the operating member 30 is switched from the position shown in FIG. 10 to the position shown in FIG. 12, that is, the low speed state of the drill mode is switched to the gripper 152 in the auto chuck mode. In the closed state, the switching ring 43 triggers the motor reversing switch 435 through the locking trigger 434 connected to the switching ring 43 so that the motor drives the nut sleeve 154 to rotate in a predetermined direction to perform the closing action of the clamping jaw 152. The claws 152 are basically the same when opened, and will not be repeated here.
参见图23,优选地,第一推杆组件451包括与第一切换销轴4514连接的第一连杆4513并通过第一连杆4513与锁止元件连接以带动锁止元件轴向前后移动。优选地,第一推杆组件451还包括第一自对位元件4510,其中第一自对位元件4510包括与第一切换销轴4514连接的第一推杆4511、设置于第一推杆4511前端且位于第一推杆4511和第一连杆4513之间的第一弹性元件4512。当第一切换销轴4514向前运动时,其能够通过第一推杆4511以及位于第一推杆4511前端的第一弹性元件4512推动第一连杆4513向前运动。优选地,第一连杆4513于第一弹性元件4512的前方径向延伸有第一抵挡件4518(见图1),第一弹性元件4512抵接在第一抵挡件4518上。第一连杆4513上设有轴向延伸的连杆缺槽4515(参见图20),第一切换销轴4514穿过连杆缺槽4515,以使第一切换销轴4514在第一导向槽4321的作用下向后运动时能够带动第一连杆4513向后运动并在第一切换销轴4514向前运动时给第一切换销轴4514提供运动的空间。第二推杆组件452包括与第二切换销轴4524连接的第二连杆4523,并通过第二连杆4523与输出齿圈1582连接以带动输出齿圈1582轴向前后移动。Referring to FIG. 23, preferably, the first push rod assembly 451 includes a first link 4513 connected to the first switching pin 4514 and is connected to the locking element through the first link 4513 to drive the locking element to move axially forward and backward. Preferably, the first push rod assembly 451 further includes a first self-aligning element 4510, wherein the first self-aligning element 4510 includes a first push rod 4511 connected to the first switching pin 4514 and disposed on the first push rod 4511. The first elastic element 4512 at the front end is located between the first push rod 4511 and the first link 4513. When the first switching pin 4514 moves forward, it can push the first link 4513 to move forward through the first push rod 4511 and the first elastic element 4512 located at the front end of the first push rod 4511. Preferably, the first connecting rod 4513 extends radially in front of the first elastic element 4512 with a first blocking member 4518 (see FIG. 1), and the first elastic element 4512 abuts on the first blocking member 4518. The first connecting rod 4513 is provided with an axially extending connecting rod slot 4515 (see FIG. 20), and the first switching pin shaft 4514 passes through the connecting rod slot 4515 so that the first switching pin shaft 4514 is in the first guide slot. 4321 can drive the first connecting rod 4513 to move backward when it moves backward and provides space for the first switching pin 4514 to move when the first switching pin 4514 moves forward. The second push rod assembly 452 includes a second link 4523 connected to the second switching pin 4524, and is connected to the output ring gear 1582 through the second link 4523 to drive the output ring gear 1582 to move back and forth axially.
参见图22,优选地,第二推杆组件452还包括第二自对位元件4520,其中第二自对位元件4520包括与第二切换销轴4524连接的第一推杆4511、设置于第二推杆4521前端且位于第二推杆4521和第二连杆4523之间的第二弹性元件4522。当第二切换销轴4524向前运动时,其能够通过第二推杆4521以及位于第二推杆4521前端的第二弹性元件4522推动第二连杆4523向前运动。第二连杆4523于第二弹性元件4522的前方径向延伸有第二抵挡件4528(见图1),第二弹性元件4522抵接在第二抵挡件4528上。第二连杆4523上设有轴向延伸的第二连杆缺槽4525(见图1),第二切换销轴穿过第二连杆缺槽4525,以使第二 切换销轴4524在第二导向槽4322的作用下向后运动时能够带动第二连杆4523向后运动并在第二切换销轴4524向前运动时给第二切换销轴4524提供运动的空间。本实施例通过将第一推杆组件451设置第一自对位元件4510能够使得锁止元件向前运动与输出齿圈1582啮合出现“顶齿”现象时,在输出齿圈1582转动一定角度后,通过第一自对位元件4510使得锁止元件与输出齿圈1582顺利啮合到位。可以理解地,通过将第二推杆组件452设置第二自对位元件4520能够使得行输出齿圈1582向前运动与第一离合件21的啮合齿211啮合过程中出现“顶齿”现象时,在输出齿圈1582转动一定角度后,通过第二自对位元件4520使得输出齿圈1582顺利与啮合齿211啮合到位。Referring to FIG. 22, preferably, the second push rod assembly 452 further includes a second self-aligning element 4520, wherein the second self-aligning element 4520 includes a first push rod 4511 connected to the second switching pin 4524 and disposed on the first A second elastic element 4522 at the front end of the two push rods 4521 and located between the second push rod 4521 and the second link 4523. When the second switching pin 4524 moves forward, it can push the second link 4523 to move forward through the second push rod 4521 and the second elastic element 4522 located at the front end of the second push rod 4521. A second resisting member 4528 (see FIG. 1) extends radially in front of the second elastic member 4522 from the second link 4523, and the second resilient member 4522 abuts on the second resisting member 4528. The second connecting rod 4523 is provided with a second connecting rod slot 4525 (see FIG. 1) extending axially, and the second switching pin shaft passes through the second connecting rod slot 4525 so that the second switching pin shaft 4524 is at the first When the two guide grooves 4322 move backward, the second link 4523 can be driven to move backward and provide the second switching pin 4524 with space for movement when the second switching pin 4524 moves forward. In this embodiment, by setting the first push rod assembly 451 to the first self-aligning element 4510, the locking element can be moved forward to mesh with the output ring gear 1582. When the "top tooth" phenomenon occurs, after the output ring gear 1582 rotates a certain angle Through the first self-aligning element 4510, the locking element and the output ring gear 1582 smoothly mesh into position. Understandably, by setting the second push rod assembly 452 to the second self-aligning element 4520, the line output ring gear 1582 can be moved forward and the “top tooth” phenomenon occurs during the meshing process with the meshing teeth 211 of the first clutch 21. After the output ring gear 1582 rotates a certain angle, the second self-aligning element 4520 is used to smoothly mesh the output ring gear 1582 with the meshing teeth 211 in place.
参见18-图21,其中图18和19为drill模式下切换环43与切换销轴所对应关系的状态图,且其中图18中螺丝批处于高速状态,图19中螺丝批处于低速状态,图20和图21为auto chuck模式下切换环43与切换销轴所对应关系的状态图,也即图19为与图10所对应的状态图,图20为与图8所对应的状态图,图21为与图12所对应的状态图。当操作件30由图10切换至图8时,切换环43则由图19所示状态按照图19中箭头B方向转动至图20所示状态时,此时,第一导向槽4321通过第一切换销轴4514带动第一推杆4511向前运动,当第一推杆4511向前运动时,第一推杆4511压缩第一弹性元件4512并通过第一弹性元件4512抵压第一连杆4513以通过第一连杆4513带动锁止元件向前运动,同时第二导向槽4322通过第二切换销轴4524带动第二推杆4521向后运动,第二推杆4521或第二切换销轴4524带动第二连杆4523向后运动。当切换环43由图19所示状态按照图19中箭头F方向转动至图21所示状态时,第一导向槽4321通过第一切换销轴4514带动第一推杆4511向前运动,当第一推杆4511向前运动时,第一推杆4511压缩第一弹性元件4512并通过第一弹性元件4512抵压第一连杆4513以通过第一连杆4513带动锁止元件向前运动。参见图20,优选地,齿轮箱壳体的外侧设有轴向延伸的第一凹槽1126,第一推杆4511、第一弹性元件4512位于第一凹槽1126内以使其能够沿着第一凹槽1126进行轴向运动,第一连杆4513位于第一凹槽1126内且盖设于第一推杆4511和第一弹性元件4512的上方。齿轮箱壳体的外侧还设有轴向延伸的第二凹槽1127,第二推杆4521、 第二弹性元件4522位于第二凹槽1126内以使其能够沿着第二凹槽1127进行轴向运动,第二连杆4523位于第二凹槽1127内且盖设于第二推杆4521和第二弹性元件4522的上方。优选地,第一推杆组件451以及第二推杆组件452至少为两组。Refer to 18-FIG. 21, where FIGS. 18 and 19 are state diagrams of the corresponding relationship between the switching ring 43 and the switching pin in the drill mode, and the screwdriver in FIG. 18 is in a high-speed state, and the screwdriver in FIG. 19 is in a low-speed state. 20 and FIG. 21 are state diagrams corresponding to the switching ring 43 and the switching pin in the autochuck mode, that is, FIG. 19 is a state diagram corresponding to FIG. 10, and FIG. 20 is a state diagram corresponding to FIG. 8. 21 is a state diagram corresponding to FIG. 12. When the operating member 30 is switched from FIG. 10 to FIG. 8, the switching ring 43 is turned from the state shown in FIG. 19 in the direction of arrow B in FIG. 19 to the state shown in FIG. 20. At this time, the first guide groove 4321 passes through the first The switching pin 4514 drives the first push rod 4511 to move forward. When the first push rod 4511 moves forward, the first push rod 4511 compresses the first elastic element 4512 and presses the first link 4513 through the first elastic element 4512. The locking element is driven forward by the first link 4513, and the second guide groove 4322 drives the second push rod 4521 to move backward through the second switch pin 4524, and the second push rod 4521 or the second switch pin 4524 Drive the second link 4523 to move backward. When the switching ring 43 is turned from the state shown in FIG. 19 in the direction of the arrow F in FIG. 19 to the state shown in FIG. 21, the first guide groove 4321 drives the first push rod 4511 to move forward through the first switching pin 4514. When a push rod 4511 moves forward, the first push rod 4511 compresses the first elastic element 4512 and presses the first link 4513 through the first elastic element 4512 to drive the locking element to move forward through the first link 4513. Referring to FIG. 20, preferably, a gearbox housing is provided with a first groove 1126 extending axially on the outer side thereof, and the first push rod 4511 and the first elastic element 4512 are located in the first groove 1126 so as to be able to move along the first groove 1126. A groove 1126 performs axial movement. The first link 4513 is located in the first groove 1126 and is disposed above the first push rod 4511 and the first elastic element 4512. A second groove 1127 extending axially is also provided on the outer side of the gear box housing. The second push rod 4521 and the second elastic element 4522 are located in the second groove 1126 so as to enable the shaft to follow the second groove 1127. The second connecting rod 4523 is located in the second groove 1127 and covers the second push rod 4521 and the second elastic element 4522. Preferably, the first putter assembly 451 and the second putter assembly 452 are at least two groups.
可以理解地,在其他实施例中,也可以通过将第一切换销轴4514直接与第一连杆4513固定连接,以实现第一切换销轴4514的轴向运动直接带动第一连杆4513进行轴向运动。但相比较上述的第一切换销轴4514与第一自对位元件4510连接,在第一切换销轴4514向前运动时,通过第一推杆4511抵接第一弹性元件4512并进一步通过第一弹性元件4512来推动第一连杆4513向前运动的方式,上述方式在操作件30操作到位后,若锁止元件上的开槽1340没有与第一本体1501a上的锁块1510啮合到位,也即出“顶齿”现象,因为第一弹性元件4512的存在,本体151在转动后,受压缩的第一弹性元件1322会继续推动第一连杆4513以使锁止元件的开槽1340再次与第一本体1501a上的锁块1510啮合。Understandably, in other embodiments, the first switching pin 4514 may also be directly connected to the first connecting rod 4513 directly, so that the axial movement of the first switching pin 4514 directly drives the first connecting rod 4513. Axial motion. However, compared with the first switching pin 4514 described above, which is connected to the first self-aligning element 4510, when the first switching pin 4514 moves forward, it contacts the first elastic element 4512 through the first pusher 4511 and further passes the first An elastic element 4512 pushes the first link 4513 forward. In the above manner, after the operation member 30 is operated in place, if the slot 1340 on the locking element does not mesh with the lock block 1510 on the first body 1501a, That is to say, the "top teeth" phenomenon. Because of the existence of the first elastic element 4512, after the body 151 rotates, the compressed first elastic element 1322 will continue to push the first link 4513 to make the slot 1340 of the locking element again. Engages with the lock block 1510 on the first body 1501a.
图24-图26显示了本发明的第二实施例的螺丝批10′,本实施例揭示了另一种方式实现在auto chuck模式下,本体151′通过本体锁134′旋转固定,同时输出齿圈1582′带动螺母套154′转动;在drill模式下,本体锁134′解除对本体151′固定,同时输出齿圈1582′相对于机壳固定,本体151′在马达的驱动下带动夹爪152′转动以实现带动工具头的转动,且在模式切换时不需要将输出齿圈1582′进行轴向移动,这样输出齿圈1582′可以稳定的固定于壳体内,使螺丝批10′的输出更稳定。Figures 24 to 26 show a screwdriver 10 'according to a second embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment discloses another way to realize that in the autochuck mode, the body 151' is rotated and fixed by the body lock 134 'while outputting teeth The ring 1582 ′ drives the nut sleeve 154 ′ to rotate; in the drill mode, the body lock 134 ′ releases the fixing of the body 151 ′, and at the same time the output ring gear 1582 ′ is fixed relative to the casing, and the body 151 ′ is driven by the motor to drive the gripper 152 ′ Turn to realize the rotation of the tool head, and it is not necessary to move the output ring gear 1582 ′ axially when the mode is switched, so that the output ring gear 1582 ′ can be stably fixed in the housing, so that the output of the screwdriver 10 ′ is more stable.
本实施例中操作件与上述第一实施例不同的是,操作件包括drill模式下速度调节的速度操作件(图中未标出),且模式选择机构包括模式选择件301′、切换环43′、用于锁定本体的本体锁134′、第三切换销轴4534′、第三推杆组件453′、连接件182′以及内齿圈锁181′。The operating element in this embodiment is different from the above-mentioned first embodiment in that the operating element includes a speed operating element (not shown in the figure) for speed adjustment in drill mode, and the mode selecting mechanism includes a mode selecting element 301 ′ and a switching ring 43. ′, A body lock 134 ′ for locking the body, a third switching pin 4534 ′, a third push rod assembly 453 ′, a connecting member 182 ′, and an inner ring gear lock 181 ′.
具体地,同上述的第一实施例相同的是本体锁134′始终周向不可转动的固定于机壳,但能够相对于机壳进行轴向移动以在第一锁位置和第二锁位置之间切换,本体锁134′通过沿轴向移动以实现本体锁134′在第一锁位置和第二锁 位置之间切换,且第一锁位置靠近第一本体1501a′,第二锁位置远离第一本体1501a′。当螺丝批处于auto chuck模式时,本体锁134′位于第一锁位置时,本体锁134′将本体151′周向不可转动的锁定于机壳,当处于drill模式时,本体锁134′位于第二锁位置时,本体锁134′解除对第一本体1501a′的周向锁定,输出行星轮1581′能够带动本体151′以及夹持有工具头的夹爪152′一起转动。Specifically, the same as the first embodiment described above is that the body lock 134 ′ is always fixed to the casing in a non-rotatable circumferential direction, but can be axially moved relative to the casing to be between the first lock position and the second lock position. The body lock 134 ′ is switched between the first lock position and the second lock position by moving in the axial direction, and the first lock position is close to the first body 1501a ′ and the second lock position is far from the first lock position. A body 1501a ′. When the screwdriver is in the autochuck mode and the body lock 134 ′ is in the first lock position, the body lock 134 ′ locks the body 151 ′ circumferentially to the casing. When in the drill mode, the body lock 134 ′ is located at the first position. In the second lock position, the body lock 134 'releases the circumferential lock on the first body 1501a', and the output planet gear 1581 'can drive the body 151' and the clamping jaw 152 'holding the tool head to rotate together.
优选地,模式选择件301′为套设于机壳外侧的旋转环,切换环43′与模式选择件301′转动连接,切换环43′设有第三导向槽432′,可以理解地,在其他实施例中,切换环43′与模式选择件301′还可以一体成型,也即导向槽432′设置于切换环43′的内壁,导向槽432′用于通过第三切换销轴4534′带动第三推杆组件453′实现轴向运动。第三推杆组件453′的一端通过第三切换销轴4534′可活动的设置于第三导向槽432′内,另一端与连接件182′相连用于带动连接件182′轴向移动。连接件182′可在靠近内齿圈锁181′的第一切换位置和远离内齿圈锁181′的第二切换位置之间移动,连接件182′在轴向移动的过程中始终与输出齿圈1582′旋转连接。内齿圈锁181′周向不可转动的相对于机壳固定,当连接件182′在第一切换位置时,连接件182′与内齿圈锁181′旋转连接并通过内齿圈锁181′限制输出齿圈1582′的转动,也即此时输出齿圈1582′相对于机壳周向固定;当连接件182′在第二切换位置时,连接件182′与内齿圈锁181′轴向分离,输出齿圈1582′能够带动连接件182′一起转动。Preferably, the mode selection member 301 ′ is a rotating ring sleeved on the outside of the casing, the switching ring 43 ′ is rotatably connected to the mode selection member 301 ′, and the switching ring 43 ′ is provided with a third guide groove 432 ′. In other embodiments, the switching ring 43 ′ and the mode selection member 301 ′ may be integrally formed, that is, the guide groove 432 ′ is provided on the inner wall of the switching ring 43 ′, and the guide groove 432 ′ is used to be driven by the third switching pin 4534 ′. The third push rod assembly 453 'realizes an axial movement. One end of the third push rod assembly 453 ′ is movably disposed in the third guide groove 432 ′ through the third switching pin 4534 ′, and the other end is connected to the connecting member 182 ′ for driving the connecting member 182 ′ to move axially. The connecting piece 182 'can be moved between a first switching position close to the ring gear lock 181' and a second switching position away from the ring gear lock 181 '. The connecting piece 182' is always in contact with the output tooth during the axial movement. The ring 1582 'is rotationally connected. The inner ring gear lock 181 ′ is fixed in a non-rotatable manner relative to the casing. When the connecting member 182 ′ is in the first switching position, the connecting member 182 ′ is rotatably connected to the inner ring gear lock 181 ′ and passes through the inner ring gear lock 181 ′. Limit the rotation of the output ring gear 1582 ′, that is, the output ring gear 1582 ′ is fixed relative to the casing circumferentially at this time; when the connecting member 182 ′ is in the second switching position, the connecting member 182 ′ and the internal ring gear lock 181 ′ shaft To the direction of separation, the output ring gear 1582 'can drive the connecting member 182' to rotate together.
本实施例中,为了实现模式选择件301′使第三推杆组件453′带动连接件182′运动的同时,本体锁134′也能够运动到相应的位置,优选地,本体锁134′与连接件182′轴向抵接且本体锁134′在远离输出齿圈1582′的一端和机壳之间还设置有第三弹性元件135′。当连接件182′轴向运动后,连接件182′不再轴向抵接本体锁134′,本体锁134′在第三弹性元件135′的作用下可轴向移动,当连接件182′反向运动后,连接件182′通过克服第三弹性元件135′的作用力推动本体锁134′回到对应的位置。In this embodiment, in order to realize that the mode selection member 301 ′ causes the third push rod assembly 453 ′ to drive the connecting member 182 ′, the body lock 134 ′ can also be moved to the corresponding position. Preferably, the body lock 134 ′ is connected to A third elastic element 135 ′ is also provided between the piece 182 ′ and the body lock 134 ′ between the end remote from the output ring gear 1582 ′ and the casing. After the connecting member 182 ′ moves axially, the connecting member 182 ′ no longer axially contacts the body lock 134 ′, and the body lock 134 ′ can move axially under the action of the third elastic element 135 ′. After the movement, the connecting member 182 'pushes the body lock 134' back to the corresponding position by overcoming the force of the third elastic element 135 '.
以下将结合附图24-图26进一步介绍螺丝批10′在drill模式和auto chuck模式之间切换的原理。The principle of switching between the drill mode and the autochuck mode of the screwdriver 10 'will be further described below with reference to Figs. 24-26.
参见图25,当螺丝批处于drill模式时,本体锁134′位于远离第一本体1501a′的第二锁位置,本体锁134′与第一本体1501a′轴向分离,也即本体锁134′未锁定第一本体1501a′,从而本体151′可转动的设置于机壳内;同时,连接件182′位于靠近内齿圈锁181′的第一切换位置,连接件182′通过位于其外周上的锁定齿1821′(见图24)与内齿圈锁181′的内周壁上的齿圈固定齿1811′啮合,输出齿圈1582′不可转动的固定于机壳,因此,在该模式下输出行星轮1581′带动本体151′以及夹爪152′转动,并进一步带动位于夹爪152′内的工具头进行工作。Referring to FIG. 25, when the screwdriver is in a drill mode, the body lock 134 ′ is located at a second lock position away from the first body 1501a ′, and the body lock 134 ′ is axially separated from the first body 1501a ′, that is, the body lock 134 ′ is not The first body 1501a ′ is locked, so that the body 151 ′ is rotatably disposed in the casing; at the same time, the connecting member 182 ′ is located at a first switching position near the ring gear lock 181 ′, and the connecting member 182 ′ The locking tooth 1821 ′ (see FIG. 24) meshes with the ring gear fixing tooth 1811 ′ on the inner peripheral wall of the ring gear lock 181 ′, and the output ring gear 1582 ′ is non-rotatably fixed to the casing. Therefore, the planet is output in this mode The wheel 1581 ′ drives the body 151 ′ and the clamping jaw 152 ′ to rotate, and further drives the tool head located in the clamping jaw 152 ′ to work.
当旋转模式选择件301′至auto chuck模式时,也即螺丝批10′由图25所示状态切换至图26所示状态时,模式选择件301′带动切换环43′转动,第三推杆组件453′在切换环43′的第三导向槽432′的作用下带动连接件182′向远离内齿圈锁181′方向移动,也即连接件182′由第一切换位置向前运动至第二切换位置,连接件182′其外周上的锁定齿1821′与内齿圈锁181′的内周壁上的内齿圈固定齿1811′脱开,输出齿圈1582′可带动连接件182′一起相对机壳转动。需要说明的是,当连接件182′由第一切换位置向前运动至第二切换位置时,连接件182′同时与螺母套154′旋转连接,因此,输出齿圈1582′的转动能够带动螺母套154′转动。由于连接件182′与本体锁134′轴向抵接,因而,当连接件182′由第一切换位置向前移动至第二切换位置时,本体锁134′在第三弹性元件135′作用下由远离第一本体1501a′的第一锁位置运动至靠近第一本体1501a′的第二锁位置,本体锁134′通过位于其内周壁的行星架锁齿(图中未标示)与第一本体1501a′上的锁块1510′啮合以实现对第一本体1501a′的锁定。因此,该模式下输出齿圈1582′能够通过连接件182′相对于固定的第一本体1501a′和夹爪152′转动,从而实现夹爪152′的打开或闭合动作。When the rotation mode selector 301 ′ is in the autochuck mode, that is, when the screwdriver 10 ′ is switched from the state shown in FIG. 25 to the state shown in FIG. 26, the mode selector 301 ′ drives the switching ring 43 ′ to rotate, and the third pusher The assembly 453 ′ drives the connecting member 182 ′ to move away from the ring gear lock 181 ′ under the action of the third guide groove 432 ′ of the switching ring 43 ′, that is, the connecting member 182 ′ moves forward from the first switching position to the first In the second switching position, the locking tooth 1821 ′ on the outer periphery of the connecting member 182 ′ is disengaged from the inner ring fixing tooth 1811 ′ on the inner peripheral wall of the inner ring lock 181 ′, and the output ring gear 1582 ′ can drive the connecting member 182 ′ together. Rotate relative to the case. It should be noted that when the connecting member 182 ′ is moved forward from the first switching position to the second switching position, the connecting member 182 ′ is simultaneously connected to the nut sleeve 154 ′, so the rotation of the output ring gear 1582 ′ can drive the nut The sleeve 154 'rotates. Because the connecting member 182 ′ abuts axially with the body lock 134 ′, when the connecting member 182 ′ is moved forward from the first switching position to the second switching position, the body lock 134 ′ is under the action of the third elastic element 135 ′ Moving from a first lock position away from the first body 1501a ′ to a second lock position close to the first body 1501a ′, the body lock 134 ′ is connected with the first body through the planet carrier lock teeth (not shown in the figure) on its inner peripheral wall. The locking block 1510 'on 1501a' is engaged to realize the locking of the first body 1501a '. Therefore, in this mode, the output ring gear 1582 ′ can be rotated relative to the fixed first body 1501 a ′ and the clamping jaw 152 ′ through the connecting member 182 ′, thereby achieving the opening or closing action of the clamping jaw 152 ′.
继续旋转模式选择件301′时,螺丝批由auto chuck模式切换至drill模式时,模式选择件301′带动切换环43′转动,切换环43′的转动使得第三推杆组件453′克服第三弹性元件135′的弹性力,以带动连接件182′以及第连接件182′抵接的本体锁134′一起向后运动,从而螺丝批回复至上述drill模式状态。优选地,为使连接件182′由第二切换位置向后移动至第一切换位置时,连接件 182′外周的锁定齿1821′能够顺利的与内齿圈锁181′的内齿圈固定齿1811′啮合,内齿圈锁181′的后侧设有第四弹性元件(图中未标示),以使连接件182′的外周的锁定齿1821′与内齿圈锁181′的内齿圈固定齿1811′出现“顶齿”时,使得连接件182′通过内齿圈锁181′压缩第四弹性元件进行转动,并在转动后齿圈锁181′啮合到位。When continuing to rotate the mode selector 301 ′, when the screwdriver is switched from auto mode to drill mode, the mode selector 301 ′ drives the switching ring 43 ′ to rotate, and the rotation of the switching ring 43 ′ causes the third pusher assembly 453 ′ to overcome the third The elastic force of the elastic element 135 ′ drives the connecting member 182 ′ and the body lock 134 ′ abutted by the first connecting member 182 ′ to move backward together, so that the screwdriver returns to the drill mode. Preferably, when the connecting member 182 ′ is moved backward from the second switching position to the first switching position, the locking teeth 1821 ′ on the outer periphery of the connecting member 182 ′ can smoothly fix the teeth with the inner ring gear of the inner ring gear lock 181 ′. 1811 ′ meshes, a fourth elastic element (not shown in the figure) is provided on the rear side of the ring gear lock 181 ′, so that the locking teeth 1821 ′ on the outer periphery of the connecting member 182 ′ and the ring gear of the ring gear lock 181 ′ When the “top teeth” of the fixed tooth 1811 ′ appear, the connecting piece 182 ′ is compressed by the ring gear lock 181 ′ to rotate the fourth elastic element, and the ring gear lock 181 ′ is engaged in position after the rotation.
本实施例还包括用于当夹爪152锁紧或打开后断开输出齿圈1582′与螺母套154′之间扭矩传递的离合机构20′,离合机构20′包括能够在连接件182′向前移动后与连接件182′转动连接的第一离合件21′,以及与螺母套154′转动连接的第二离合件22′,第一离合件21′和其前端的机壳之间设有离合弹性件23′。当夹爪152′锁紧或完全打开后,第一离合件21′克服离合弹性件23′的弹性力向前移动从而断开第一离合件21′和第二离合件22′之间的扭矩传递。This embodiment further includes a clutch mechanism 20 ′ for disconnecting the torque transmission between the output ring gear 1582 ′ and the nut sleeve 154 ′ when the clamping jaw 152 is locked or opened. The clutch mechanism 20 ′ includes a coupling mechanism 182 ′ The first clutch 21 'that is rotationally connected to the connecting member 182' after the front movement and the second clutch 22 'that is rotationally connected to the nut sleeve 154'. The first clutch 21 'and the casing at the front end thereof are provided. Clutch elastic member 23 '. After the clamping jaw 152 ′ is locked or fully opened, the first clutch member 21 ′ moves forward against the elastic force of the clutch elastic member 23 ′ to disconnect the torque between the first clutch member 21 ′ and the second clutch member 22 ′. transfer.
需要说明的是,在本发明的第二实施例中,输出齿圈1582′在模式切换的过程中并不需要进行轴向移动,也即输出齿圈1582′相对于机壳马达轴轴向相对固定,模式选择件301′可操作地在第一位置和第二位置之间运动以带动连接件182′运动,从而使得夹头调节模式下连接件182′在旋转方向上连接输出齿圈1582′和离合件,且钻孔模式下连接件182′在旋转方向上断开所述输出齿圈1582′和上述离合件21′、22′之间的连接。由于输出齿圈1582′的内周齿需要与输出行星轮1581′外圈齿啮合,通常情况来讲,输出齿圈1582′的内周齿与输出行星轮1581′的外圈齿之间的啮合间隙越小则传动越稳定,但当输出齿圈1582′需要进行轴向移动时,啮合间隙必须增大,不然输出齿圈的轴向移动将受阻或比较困难,这就使得传动稳定性较差。本发明的第二实施例中,通过连接件182′进行轴向移动,避免了因输出齿圈1582′轴向移动造成的传动稳定性差的问题。It should be noted that in the second embodiment of the present invention, the output ring gear 1582 ′ does not need to be moved axially during the mode switching, that is, the output ring gear 1582 ′ is axially opposite to the casing motor shaft. Fixed, the mode selection member 301 ′ is operatively moved between the first position and the second position to drive the connection member 182 ′, so that the connection member 182 ′ is connected to the output ring gear 1582 ′ in the rotation direction in the chuck adjustment mode. And the clutch member, and the connection member 182 'in the drilling mode disconnects the connection between the output ring gear 1582' and the clutch members 21 ', 22' in the rotation direction. Because the inner peripheral teeth of the output ring gear 1582 ′ need to mesh with the outer ring teeth of the output planetary gear 1581 ′, in general, the meshing between the inner peripheral teeth of the output ring gear 1582 ′ and the outer ring teeth of the output planetary gear 1581 ′ The smaller the clearance, the more stable the transmission, but when the output ring gear 1582 ′ needs to move axially, the meshing gap must be increased, otherwise the axial movement of the output ring gear will be blocked or more difficult, which makes the transmission stability worse. . In the second embodiment of the present invention, the axial movement is performed by the connecting member 182 ′, thereby avoiding the problem of poor transmission stability caused by the axial movement of the output ring gear 1582 ′.
图27-图30显示了本发明的第三实施例的螺丝批10″的部分剖视图,本实施例揭示了另一种方式实现在auto chuck模式下本体151″通过本体锁134″旋转固定,同时输出齿圈1582″带动螺母套154″转动以及在drill模式下本体锁134″解除对本体151″的固定,同时输出齿圈1582″相对于机壳固定,本体151″在马达的驱动下带动夹爪152″转动以实现带动工具头的转动。FIGS. 27-30 show a partial cross-sectional view of a screwdriver 10 ″ of a third embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment discloses another way to realize the rotation of the body 151 ″ through the body lock 134 ″ in the autochuck mode, while The output ring gear 1582 ″ drives the nut sleeve 154 ″ to rotate and the body lock 134 ″ unlocks the body 151 ″ in the drill mode. At the same time, the output ring gear 1582 ″ is fixed relative to the casing, and the body 151 ″ drives the clip under the drive of the motor. The claw 152 ″ is rotated to realize the rotation of the driving tool head.
本实施例中模式选择机构包括模式选择件301″、设有导向槽(图中未示出)的切换环(图中未示出)、导向件、连接件182″、本体锁134″以及内齿圈锁。优选地,模式选择件301″为套设于机壳或夹头壳体外侧的旋转环,导向件包括用于带动连接件182″轴向移动的第三切换销轴4534″,导向槽包括用于供第三切换销轴4534″运动的第三导向槽432″。优选地,本实施例中切换环与模式选择件301″一体成型,也即模式选择件301″的内周面上设有导向槽。第三切换销轴4534″的一端可活动的设置于第三导向槽内432″,另一端与连接件182″相连以带动连接件182″轴向移动。本体锁134″可在靠近第一本体1501a″的第一锁位置和远离第一本体1501a″的第二锁位置之间移动但周向不可转动的相对于机壳固定。同上述第二实施例相同,本实施例中的连接件182″始终与输出齿圈1582″旋转连接,内齿圈锁181″不可转动的固定于机壳,连接件182″通过轴向移动以实现与内齿圈锁181″啮合或分开从而分别实现输出齿圈1582″的周向固定或周向可旋转,也即连接件182′可在靠近内齿圈锁181″的第一切换位置和远离内齿圈锁181″的第二切换位置之间移动,连接件182″在轴向移动的过程中始终与输出齿圈1582″旋转连接。内齿圈锁181″周向不可转动的相对于机壳固定,当连接件182″在第一切换位置时,连接件182′与内齿圈锁181′旋转连接并通过内齿圈锁181″限制输出齿圈1582″的转动,也即此时输出齿圈1582″相对于机壳周向固定;当连接件182″在第二切换位置时,连接件182″与内齿圈锁181′轴向分离,输出齿圈1582″能够带动连接件182″一起转动,同时连接件182″与螺母套154″旋转连接。The mode selection mechanism in this embodiment includes a mode selection member 301 ″, a switching ring (not shown) provided with a guide groove (not shown), a guide member, a connecting member 182 ″, a body lock 134 ″, and an inner Ring gear lock. Preferably, the mode selection member 301 ″ is a rotating ring sleeved on the outside of the casing or chuck housing, and the guide member includes a third switching pin 4534 ″ for driving the connecting member 182 ″ to move axially, The guide groove includes a third guide groove 432 "for moving the third switching pin 4534". Preferably, in this embodiment, the switching ring is integrally formed with the mode selection member 301 ", that is, a guide groove is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the mode selection member 301". One end of the third switching pin 4534 ″ is movably disposed in the third guide groove 432 ″, and the other end is connected to the connecting member 182 ″ to drive the connecting member 182 ″ to move axially. The body lock 134 "is movable between a first lock position near the first body 1501a" and a second lock position far from the first body 1501a ", but is not fixed in the circumferential direction relative to the casing. It is the same as the second embodiment described above. Similarly, the connecting member 182 ″ in this embodiment is always rotatably connected to the output ring gear 1582 ″, the internal ring gear lock 181 ″ is non-rotatably fixed to the casing, and the connecting member 182 ″ is axially moved to realize the lock with the internal ring gear 181 ″ meshes or separates to achieve the circumferential fixation or rotation of the output ring gear 1582 ″, that is, the connecting member 182 ′ can be in the first switching position near the ring gear lock 181 ″ and away from the ring gear lock 181 "The second switching position is moved between the second switching position, and the connecting piece 182" is always rotationally connected to the output ring gear 1582 "during the axial movement. The internal ring gear lock 181" is not rotatable in the circumferential direction and is fixed relative to the casing. When the piece 182 ″ is in the first switching position, the connecting piece 182 ′ is rotatably connected with the ring gear lock 181 ′ and the rotation of the output ring gear 1582 ″ is restricted by the ring gear lock 181 ″, that is, the output ring gear 1582 ″ is opposite to It is fixed in the circumferential direction of the casing; when the connecting piece 182 In the second switching position, connecting element 182 'and the lock ring 181' axially spaced output ring gear 1582 'can drive link 182' rotate together, while the connecting member 182 'and the nut sleeve 154 "rotary connector.
本实施例与上述第二实施例主要不同的是本实施例中本体锁134″的结构以及运动方式。本实施例中的切换销轴还包括与本体锁134″连接用于带动本体锁134″进行径向运动的第四切换销轴4516″,导向槽还包括供第四切换销轴4516″的一端运动的第四导向槽(图中未示出)。第四切换销轴4516″的另一端与本体锁134″连接用于带动本体锁134″进行径向运动,以使本体锁134″能够实现对第一本体1501a″的锁定和解锁,优选地,本实施例中第四切换销轴4516″与本体锁134″一体成型。参见图27,当螺丝批10″位于drill模式时,本体锁134″与第一本体1501a″径向分离,同时内齿圈锁181″通过连接件 182″与输出齿圈1582″旋转连接,且连接件182″与螺母套154″分离,因此,在该模式下,本体151″的转动能够带动夹爪152″以及位于夹爪152″内的工具头一起旋转。参见图29,当螺丝批10″位于auto chuck模式时,本体锁134″与第一本体1501a″径向啮合以使本体151″相对于机壳旋转固定,同时内齿圈锁181″通过连接件182″与输出齿圈1582″分离,且连接件182″与螺母套154″旋转连接,因此,在该模式下,输出齿圈1582″能够带动连接件182″以及螺母套154″一起相对于本体151″内的夹爪152″转动从而使得夹爪进行打开或闭合动作。The main difference between this embodiment and the second embodiment described above is the structure and movement of the body lock 134 "in this embodiment. The switching pin in this embodiment also includes a connection with the body lock 134" for driving the body lock 134 " The fourth switch pin 4516 ″ for radial movement, the guide groove further includes a fourth guide slot (not shown) for one end of the fourth switch pin 4516 ″ to move. One end is connected to the body lock 134 ″ for driving the body lock 134 ″ to perform radial movement, so that the body lock 134 ″ can lock and unlock the first body 1501a ″. Preferably, the fourth switch pin in this embodiment 4516 ″ is integrally formed with the body lock 134 ″. Referring to FIG. 27, when the screwdriver 10 ″ is in the drill mode, the body lock 134 ″ is radially separated from the first body 1501a ″, and the ring gear lock 181 ″ is rotatably connected to the output ring gear 1582 ″ through the connecting member 182 ″, and The connecting piece 182 ″ is separated from the nut sleeve 154 ″. Therefore, in this mode, the rotation of the body 151 ″ can rotate the jaw 152 ″ and the tool head located in the jaw 152 ″ together. See FIG. 29, when the screwdriver 10 “In autochuck mode, the body lock 134 ″ is radially engaged with the first body 1501a ″ to rotate and fix the body 151 ″ relative to the casing, while the ring gear lock 181 ″ passes through the connecting member 182 ″ and the output ring gear 1582 ″ The connection piece 182 ″ is rotatably connected with the nut sleeve 154 ″. Therefore, in this mode, the output ring gear 1582 ″ can drive the connection piece 182 ″ and the nut sleeve 154 ″ together with the jaw 152 ″ in the body 151 ″. Rotating causes the jaws to open or close.
参见图28-图29,当螺丝批10″由drill模式切换至auto chuck模式时,连接件182″在移动的过程中首先与内齿圈锁181″断开连接,随着连接件182″继续移动,连接件182″与螺母套154″连接,且此时本体锁134″与本体151a″连接。需要说明的是,本实施例中,当夹爪152″在打开或锁紧后,离合机构20″断开输出齿圈1582″与螺母套154″之间的连接,与上述实施例不同的是,本实施例中的离合动端齿212″固定连接于连接件182″上,离合静端齿212″固定于螺母套154″,连接件182″与机壳之间设置有离合弹性件23″。参见图30,当auto chuck模式下,输出齿圈1582″通过连接件182″带动螺母套154″使得夹爪152″夹紧或完全打开后,连接件182″抵压离合弹性件23″,离合动端齿212″与离合静端齿222″分离。优选地,为使得在“脱扣”时,连接件182″的运动不会导致与连接件182″连接的第三切换销轴4534″以及模式选择件301″的运动,连接件182″上设有轴向延伸的离合槽182a″,以使得在“脱扣”时连接件182″能够相对于第三切换销轴4534″进行运动。需要说明的是,由对本实施例中螺丝批10″在drill模式切换和auto chuck模式的工作原理以及drill模式切换到auto chuck模式的切换原理的描述可知,本实施例中的离合机构20″的第一离合件(图中未标示)和第二离合件(图中未标示)并非始终啮合,其与背景技术中描述的离合机构基本相同,只有在auto chuck模式下,第一离合件和第二离合件之间才啮合(也即离合动端齿212″与离合静端齿222″才啮合)。Referring to FIGS. 28 to 29, when the screwdriver 10 ″ is switched from the drill mode to the autochuck mode, the connection member 182 ″ is first disconnected from the ring gear lock 181 ″ during the movement, and the connection member 182 ″ continues Move, the connecting piece 182 "is connected with the nut sleeve 154", and the body lock 134 "is connected with the body 151a" at this time. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, when the clamping jaw 152 ″ is opened or locked, the clutch mechanism 20 ″ disconnects the connection between the output ring gear 1582 ″ and the nut sleeve 154 ″, which is different from the above embodiment. In this embodiment, the clutch moving end teeth 212 "are fixedly connected to the connecting member 182", the clutch static end teeth 212 "are fixed to the nut sleeve 154", and the clutch elastic member 23 "is provided between the connecting member 182" and the casing. . Referring to FIG. 30, in the autochuck mode, after the output ring gear 1582 ″ drives the nut sleeve 154 ″ through the connecting member 182 ″ so that the clamping jaw 152 ″ is clamped or fully opened, the connecting member 182 ″ presses against the clutch elastic member 23 ″, and the clutch The moving end tooth 212 "is separated from the clutch static end tooth 222". Preferably, in order to prevent the movement of the connecting member 182 "from causing the movement of the third switching pin 4534" and the mode selection member 301 "connected to the connecting member 182" during the "trip", the connecting member 182 "is provided with There is an axially extending clutch groove 182a "so that the connector 182" can move relative to the third switching pin 4534 "when" tripped ". It should be noted that from the description of the working principle of the screwdriver 10 ″ in the drill mode switching and the autochuck mode and the switching principle of the drill mode to the autochuck mode in this embodiment, it can be known that the clutch mechanism 20 ″ in this embodiment The first clutch (not shown in the figure) and the second clutch (not shown in the figure) are not always meshed, which is basically the same as the clutch mechanism described in the background art. Only in the autochuck mode, the first clutch and the first clutch The two clutch pieces only mesh (that is, the clutch moving end teeth 212 "and the clutch static end teeth 222" only mesh).
第四实施方式Fourth Embodiment
图31-图42、图54、图56和图57为本发明另一实施例中的电动螺丝批10a的示意图,螺丝批10a包括机壳、马达12a、用于供电的电池18,传动机构以及夹头组件,夹头组件包括夹头壳体(前壳体)1104a以及至少部分位于夹头壳体1104a内的输出装置15a。具体而言,机壳包括呈水平方向延伸的后壳体1103a以及与后壳体1103a固定连接的用于形成握持手柄的手柄壳体1102a,夹头壳体1104a(前壳体)与后壳体1103a对接形成沿水平方向延伸的主壳体,主壳体形成至少收容部分输出装置15a的收容腔。31-42, 54, 56, 56 and 57 are schematic diagrams of an electric screwdriver 10a according to another embodiment of the present invention. The screwdriver 10a includes a casing, a motor 12a, a battery 18 for power supply, a transmission mechanism, and A chuck assembly includes a chuck housing (front housing) 1104a and an output device 15a located at least partially within the chuck housing 1104a. Specifically, the cabinet includes a rear case 1103a extending horizontally, a handle case 1102a for forming a holding handle fixedly connected to the rear case 1103a, a chuck case 1104a (front case), and a rear case. The body 1103a is abutted to form a main casing extending in the horizontal direction, and the main casing forms a receiving cavity for receiving at least a part of the output device 15a.
马达12a设置于所述机壳内,并输出旋转动力。输出装置15a包括输出轴150a,输出轴150a上设有用于收容工具头的收容孔1500a。传动机构位于马达12a和输出装置15a之间以将马达12a的旋转动力传递至输出装置15a。模式选择机构用于将螺丝批10a至少在钻孔模式或夹头调节模式之间切换。The motor 12a is disposed in the casing and outputs rotational power. The output device 15a includes an output shaft 150a, and the output shaft 150a is provided with a receiving hole 1500a for receiving a tool head. The transmission mechanism is located between the motor 12a and the output device 15a to transmit the rotational power of the motor 12a to the output device 15a. The mode selection mechanism is used to switch the screwdriver 10a at least between the drilling mode or the chuck adjustment mode.
参见图31-图36所示,输出轴150a包括本体151a、围绕收容孔1500a设置用以夹持工具头的夹爪152a以及设置于本体151a上用以容置所述夹爪152a的夹槽153a,输出装置15a还包括输出行星轮1581a、位于输出行星轮1581a外侧的输出齿圈1582a以及设于本体151a外侧能够相对于本体151a和夹爪152a转动以锁紧或打开夹爪152a的调整件,与上述实施例基本相同,调整件包括螺母套154a,螺母套154a的内周壁上设有内螺纹(图中未示出),夹爪152a面向内螺纹的侧面上设有外螺纹1521a,当螺母套154a相对于夹爪152a转动时,内螺纹与外螺纹1521a之间的相互作用使得夹爪152a进行打开或闭合的动作。传动机构设有用于带动输出行星轮1581a转动的输出太阳轮1583a。Referring to FIGS. 31-36, the output shaft 150a includes a main body 151a, a clamping jaw 152a provided around the receiving hole 1500a to clamp the tool head, and a clamping groove 153a provided on the main body 151a to receive the clamping jaw 152a. The output device 15a further includes an output planetary gear 1581a, an output ring gear 1582a located outside the output planetary gear 1581a, and an adjusting member provided outside the body 151a and capable of rotating relative to the body 151a and the clamping jaw 152a to lock or open the clamping jaw 152a. Basically the same as the above embodiment, the adjusting member includes a nut sleeve 154a, an internal thread (not shown in the figure) is provided on the inner peripheral wall of the nut sleeve 154a, and an external thread 1521a is provided on the side facing the internal thread of the clamping jaw 152a. When the sleeve 154a rotates relative to the clamping jaw 152a, the interaction between the internal thread and the external thread 1521a causes the clamping jaw 152a to open or close. The transmission mechanism is provided with an output sun gear 1583a for driving the output planet gear 1581a to rotate.
模式选择机构包括在模式选择件301a的作用下沿马达轴轴向运动能够连接输出齿圈1582a和调整件的连接件420a以及能够选择性地阻止输出齿圈1582a或本体151a转动的锁止元件130a,锁止元件130a相对于机壳不可转动地设置,其中,当处于钻孔模式时,锁止元件130a与本体151a分离,并与输出齿圈1582a连接以阻止输出齿圈1582a周向转动,且输出齿圈1582a和调整件之间的动力在连接件420a的作用下断开传递,从而本体151a和夹爪152a能够在马达12a的驱动下旋转以带动工具头执行工作;当螺丝批10a由钻孔模式切换至夹头调节模式时,锁止元件130a与本体151a连接并与输出齿圈1582a脱离以阻止本体 151a周向转动并解除对输出齿圈1582a的周向限定,且输出齿圈1582a和调整件在连接件420a的作用下连接,从而输出齿圈1582a能够在马达12a的作用下带动调整件相对于本体151a以及夹爪152a转动以实现夹爪152a的打开或闭合。因此,与上述的第一实施例相同,本实施例中的锁止元件130a既包括用于锁定本体151a的本体锁又包括用于锁定输出齿圈1582a的内齿圈锁,换句话说,用于锁定本体151a的本体锁与用于锁定输出齿圈1582a的内齿圈锁不可分离地连接或一体成型,与上述的第一实施例不同的是,本实施例通过设置连接件420a使得autochuck模式下,输出齿圈1582a和调整件旋转方向上连接,但在drill模式下,输出齿圈1582a和调整件在旋转方向上断开连接,而非通过轴向移动输出齿圈1582a来实现。The mode selection mechanism includes a connecting member 420a capable of connecting the output ring gear 1582a and the adjusting member axially along the motor shaft under the action of the mode selection member 301a, and a locking element 130a capable of selectively preventing the output ring gear 1582a or the body 151a from rotating. The locking element 130a is non-rotatably disposed with respect to the casing, wherein when in the drilling mode, the locking element 130a is separated from the body 151a and is connected to the output ring gear 1582a to prevent the output ring gear 1582a from rotating in the circumferential direction, and The power between the output ring gear 1582a and the adjusting member is disconnected and transmitted under the action of the connecting member 420a, so that the body 151a and the clamping jaw 152a can be rotated by the motor 12a to drive the tool head to perform work; when the screwdriver 10a is drilled by a drill When the hole mode is switched to the chuck adjustment mode, the locking element 130a is connected to the body 151a and disengaged from the output ring gear 1582a to prevent the body 151a from rotating in the circumferential direction and release the circumferential limitation of the output ring gear 1582a, and the output ring gear 1582a and The adjusting member is connected under the action of the connecting member 420a, so that the output ring gear 1582a can drive the adjusting member to rotate relative to the body 151a and the clamping claw 152a under the action of the motor 12a. Achieve the jaws open or closed 152a. Therefore, as with the first embodiment described above, the locking element 130a in this embodiment includes both a body lock for locking the body 151a and an internal ring gear lock for locking the output ring gear 1582a. In other words, the The main body lock of the locking body 151a and the inner ring gear lock for locking the output ring gear 1582a are inseparably connected or integrally formed. Unlike the first embodiment described above, this embodiment enables the autochuck mode by providing a connecting member 420a. The output ring gear 1582a is connected in the rotation direction of the adjusting member, but in the drill mode, the output ring gear 1582a and the adjusting member are disconnected in the rotating direction, instead of being realized by axially moving the output ring gear 1582a.
本实施例中,模式选择机构还包括与锁止元件130a连接用于推动锁止元件130a运动以实现锁止元件130a选择性地锁定本体151a或输出齿圈1582a的第一推杆组件451a以及连接第一推杆组件451a和连接件420a的第四推杆组件454a,因此,第四推杆组件454a能够在第一推杆组件451a的作用下带动连接件420a运动。优选地,本实施例中,锁止元件130a通过沿轴向移动以实现锁止元件130a在第一锁位置和第二锁位置之间切换,连接件420a通过轴向移动实现在第一连接位置和第二断开位置之间切换。In this embodiment, the mode selection mechanism further includes a first push rod assembly 451a connected to the locking element 130a for pushing the locking element 130a to move to realize that the locking element 130a selectively locks the body 151a or the output ring gear 1582a, and a connection The first putter assembly 451a and the fourth putter assembly 454a of the connection member 420a. Therefore, the fourth putter assembly 454a can drive the connection member 420a to move under the action of the first putter assembly 451a. Preferably, in this embodiment, the locking element 130a is moved in the axial direction to switch the locking element 130a between the first locking position and the second locking position, and the connecting member 420a is realized in the first connecting position through axial movement. And the second off position.
以下将结合图31、图37-图39进一步讲述第一推杆组件451a如何带动第四推杆组件454a以及与第四推杆组件454a连接的连接件420a进行运动。第四推杆组件454a包括第四连杆4541a,第一推杆组件451a包括第一连杆4513a,第一连杆4513a的一端与模式连接件302a相连,另一端与锁止元件130a相连,当螺丝批由drill模式切换至auto chuck模式时,也即第一连杆4513a在外力的作用下向后运动,此时第一连杆4513a带动锁止元件130a轴向向后运动。为使得第一连杆4513a能够带动第四连杆4541a轴向向后运动,并且第一连杆4513a(也即锁止元件130a)的运动行程与第四连杆4541a(也即连接件420a)的运动行程可以不相同或不同步,第一连杆4513a或第四连杆4541a之一设有轴向延伸的连杆导槽4510a,第一连杆4513a或第四连杆4541a之另一设有位于连杆导槽4510a内的连杆导向件4542a,本实施例中,连杆导槽4510a设置于第一连杆 4513a,连杆导向件4542a位于第四连杆4541a。当第一连杆4513a带动锁止元件130a轴向向后运动一定距离后,此时锁止元件130a与输出齿圈1582a脱开连接,继续向后运动连杆导向件4542a与连杆导槽4512a抵接,因此,第一连杆4513a不仅带动锁止元件130a轴向向后运动,同时还带动第四连杆4514a轴向向后运动,此时,锁止元件130a与本体151a在旋转方向连接,本体151a被锁定,同时连接件420a轴向向后移动后与输出齿圈1582a连接,螺丝批切换至auto chuck模式。The following will further describe how the first putter assembly 451a drives the fourth putter assembly 454a and the connecting member 420a connected to the fourth putter assembly 454a to move with reference to FIGS. 31 and 37-39. The fourth putter assembly 454a includes a fourth link 4541a, the first putter assembly 451a includes a first link 4513a, one end of the first link 4513a is connected to the mode connection member 302a, and the other end is connected to the locking element 130a. When the screwdriver is switched from the drill mode to the autochuck mode, that is, the first link 4513a moves backward under the action of the external force, at this time the first link 4513a drives the locking element 130a to move axially backward. In order to enable the first link 4513a to drive the fourth link 4541a to move axially backward, and the movement stroke of the first link 4513a (that is, the locking element 130a) and the fourth link 4541a (that is, the connecting member 420a) The movement strokes may be different or asynchronous. One of the first link 4513a or the fourth link 4541a is provided with an axially extending link guide groove 4510a, and the other of the first link 4513a or the fourth link 4541a is provided. A link guide 4542a is located in the link guide groove 4510a. In this embodiment, the link guide 4510a is provided on the first link 4513a, and the link guide 4542a is located on the fourth link 4541a. After the first link 4513a drives the locking element 130a to move axially backward a certain distance, the locking element 130a is disconnected from the output ring gear 1582a at this time, and the link guide 4542a and the link guide groove 4512a continue to move backward The abutment, therefore, the first link 4513a not only drives the locking element 130a to move axially backward, but also drives the fourth link 4514a to move axially backward. At this time, the locking element 130a and the body 151a are connected in the rotation direction The body 151a is locked, and at the same time, the connecting member 420a is axially moved backward and connected to the output ring gear 1582a. The screwdriver is switched to the autochuck mode.
当螺丝批由auto chuck切换至drill模式时,第一连杆4513a在外力作用下带动锁止元件130a沿轴向向前进行移动。为使得第一连杆4513a能够带动第四连杆4541a轴向向前移动,第一推杆组件451a和第四连杆4541a之间还设有推杆弹性件480a,其中,第一推杆组件451a首先带动锁止元件130a轴向向前移动,且第一推杆组件451a的向前运动使得推杆弹性件480a压缩,并在推杆弹性件480a压缩到一定程度后通过推杆弹性件480a推动第四连杆4541a向前移动。通过在第一推杆组件451a和第四连杆4541a之间设置推杆弹性件480a,除了能够在第一连杆4513a轴向向前运动时,推杆弹性件480a能够推动第四连杆4541a轴向向前,推杆弹性件480a的设置还能在螺丝批由drill模式切换至auto chuck模式时,若连接件420a在轴向向后运动的过程中与输出齿圈1582a在啮合过程中出现“顶齿”时,“顶齿”现象得到及时消除。When the screwdriver is switched from auto chuck to drill mode, the first link 4513a drives the locking element 130a to move forward in the axial direction under the external force. In order to enable the first link 4513a to drive the fourth link 4541a to move forward in the axial direction, a push rod elastic member 480a is further provided between the first push rod assembly 451a and the fourth link 4541a, wherein the first push rod assembly 451a first drives the locking element 130a to move axially forward, and the forward movement of the first push rod assembly 451a compresses the push rod elastic member 480a, and passes through the push rod elastic member 480a after the push rod elastic member 480a is compressed to a certain degree. The fourth link 4541a is pushed forward. By arranging the putter elastic member 480a between the first putter assembly 451a and the fourth link 4541a, the putter elastic member 480a can push the fourth link 4541a except when the first link 4513a can move forward in the axial direction. The axial direction is forward. The setting of the push rod elastic member 480a can also occur when the screwdriver is switched from drill mode to auto chuck mode. If the connecting member 420a is in the process of axially backward movement and the output ring gear 1582a is engaged during the meshing process, When the "top teeth", the "top teeth" phenomenon was eliminated in time.
参见图32-图33,当处于drill模式时,连接件420a位于输出齿圈1582a远离马达12的一侧且与调整件无相对转动地连接,锁止元件130a位于第二锁位置,锁止元件130a通过轴向移动解除对本体151a的周向锁定并对输出齿圈1582a进行周向锁定,同时连接件420a断开输出齿圈1582a和调整件之间的连接,输出行星轮1581a能够带动本体151a以及位于本体151a内的夹爪152a一起转动。Referring to FIGS. 32-33, when in the drill mode, the connecting member 420a is located on the side of the output ring gear 1582a away from the motor 12 and is connected to the adjusting member without relative rotation, and the locking element 130a is located in the second locking position. 130a releases the circumferential lock on the body 151a by axial movement and circumferentially locks the output ring gear 1582a. At the same time, the connecting member 420a disconnects the connection between the output ring gear 1582a and the adjusting member. The output planetary gear 1581a can drive the body 151a. Together with the gripper 152a located in the body 151a.
当手持式动力工具由钻孔模式切换至夹头调节模式时,连接件420a以及锁止元件130a沿马达轴轴向向靠近马达12a的方向移动,从而使得连接件420a在旋转方向与输出齿圈1582a啮合,同时锁止元件130a与输出齿圈1582a脱开并将本体151a相对于机壳固定。When the hand-held power tool is switched from the drilling mode to the chuck adjustment mode, the connecting piece 420a and the locking element 130a move along the motor shaft axially toward the motor 12a, so that the connecting piece 420a and the output ring gear are rotated in the rotating direction. 1582a is engaged while the locking element 130a is disengaged from the output ring gear 1582a and the body 151a is fixed relative to the casing.
参见图34和图35,当螺丝批处于auto chuck模式时,锁止元件130a位于第一锁位置,连接件420a位于第一连接件位置,锁止元件130a将本体151a周向不可转动地锁定于机壳,同时连接件420a将输出齿圈1582a与调整件进行连接。Referring to FIG. 34 and FIG. 35, when the screwdriver is in the autochuck mode, the locking element 130a is located at the first locking position, the connecting piece 420a is located at the first connecting piece position, and the locking element 130a locks the body 151a circumferentially in a non-rotatable manner. At the same time, the connecting member 420a connects the output ring gear 1582a with the adjusting member.
螺丝批10a还包括位于调整件和输出齿圈1582a之间用以在auto chuck模式下且夹爪152a打开或闭合后用以断开输出齿圈1582a和调整件之间扭矩传递的离合机构20a,离合机构20a包括能够与输出齿圈1582a转动连接的第一离合件21a,以及与调整件转动连接且可相对于调整件轴向移动的第二离合件22a,以及离合弹性件23a,本实施例中,离合弹性件23a位于第二离合件22a和夹头壳体1104a(前壳体)之间,当夹爪152a夹紧或完全打开后,第二离合件22a压缩离合弹性件23a,第二离合件22a轴向向前移动,第一离合件21a与第二离合件22a脱开,输出齿圈1582a不再将扭矩传递至调整件(螺母套154a)。优选地,第一离合件21a为套设于本体151a外周的卡环,卡环上设有轴向延伸的离合齿槽211a,连接件420a上设有与齿槽211a配合的连接齿牙421a,本实施例中,连接件420a与第一离合件21a常啮合,也即连接齿牙421a始终位于离合齿槽211a内,并通过连接齿牙421a在离合齿槽211a内轴向后移动,也即轴向向靠近输出齿圈1582a方向移动,从而实现将第一离合件21a与输出齿圈1582a的连接。当然,可以理解地,在其他实施例中离合结构20a还可以为其他设置方式,如离合弹性件23a位于第一离合件21a和壳体11a之间,当夹爪152a夹紧或完全打开后,第一离合件22a压缩离合弹性件23a,第一离合件轴向移动,第一离合件21a与第二离合件22a脱开,输出齿圈1582a不再将扭矩传递至螺母套154a。The screwdriver 10a further includes a clutch mechanism 20a located between the adjusting member and the output ring gear 1582a for disconnecting the torque transmission between the output ring gear 1582a and the adjusting member after the jaw 152a is opened or closed in the autochuck mode. The clutch mechanism 20a includes a first clutch member 21a that can be rotatably connected to the output ring gear 1582a, a second clutch member 22a that is rotatably connected to the adjustment member and can move axially relative to the adjustment member, and a clutch elastic member 23a. This embodiment In the middle, the clutch elastic member 23a is located between the second clutch member 22a and the chuck housing 1104a (front housing). After the clamping claw 152a is clamped or fully opened, the second clutch member 22a compresses the clutch elastic member 23a. The clutch member 22a moves axially forward, the first clutch member 21a is disengaged from the second clutch member 22a, and the output ring gear 1582a no longer transmits torque to the adjusting member (nut sleeve 154a). Preferably, the first clutch member 21a is a snap ring sleeved on the outer periphery of the body 151a, the snap ring is provided with an axially extending clutch tooth groove 211a, and the connecting member 420a is provided with a connecting tooth 421a that cooperates with the tooth groove 211a. In this embodiment, the connecting member 420a and the first clutch 21a are always engaged, that is, the connecting tooth 421a is always located in the clutch tooth groove 211a, and the connecting tooth 421a moves axially backward in the clutch tooth groove 211a, that is, The axial direction moves toward the output ring gear 1582a, so as to realize the connection between the first clutch 21a and the output ring gear 1582a. Of course, it can be understood that in other embodiments, the clutch structure 20a can also be provided in other ways, such as the clutch elastic member 23a is located between the first clutch member 21a and the housing 11a. After the clamping claw 152a is clamped or fully opened, The first clutch member 22a compresses the clutch elastic member 23a, the first clutch member moves axially, the first clutch member 21a is disengaged from the second clutch member 22a, and the output ring gear 1582a no longer transmits torque to the nut sleeve 154a.
模式选择机构还包括相对机壳能够在第一位置和第二位置之间运动的模式选择件301a,当模式选择件301a处于第一位置时,手持式动力工具10a处于钻孔模式;当模式选择件301a处于第二位置时,手持动力工具10a处于夹头调节模式;当模式选择件301a由第一位置向第二位置运动时,模式选择件301a向远离第一端(输出轴150a沿轴向具有设有收容孔1500a的一端)的方向运动。本实施例中,模式选择件301a在第一位置与第二位置之间的运动是沿马达轴轴向的运动,即模式选择件301a沿主壳体1101的前后方向在第一位置与第二位置之 间运动。The mode selection mechanism further includes a mode selection member 301a capable of moving between the first position and the second position with respect to the casing. When the mode selection member 301a is in the first position, the handheld power tool 10a is in a drilling mode; When the member 301a is in the second position, the handheld power tool 10a is in the chuck adjustment mode; when the mode selector 301a is moved from the first position to the second position, the mode selector 301a is away from the first end (the output shaft 150a is in the axial direction It has an end provided with a receiving hole 1500a). In this embodiment, the movement of the mode selection member 301a between the first position and the second position is an axial movement along the motor shaft, that is, the mode selection member 301a is in the first position and the second position along the front-rear direction of the main housing 1101. Between positions.
模式选择件301a和第一推杆组件451a连接以将模式选择件301a的运动传递至第一推杆组件451a,本实施例中,当操作者握持手柄部时,操作者能够以握持手柄部的手同时操作模式选择件301a。具体地,为了方便操作者在单手握持手柄壳体1102a的时候方便进行模式切换,模式选择件301a邻近所述手柄壳体1102a设置从而使操作者能够单手同时进行握持手柄和控制模式选择件301a线性运动。优选地,本实施例中,当螺丝批切换至autochuck模式时,模式选择件301a在手指的按压作用下沿第一方向运动,优选地,上述输出轴150a沿轴向具有设有收容孔1500a的第一端以及与第一端相对的第二端,且第一方向为第一端至第二端的方向,也即,模式选择件301a具有第一位置以及由初始位置沿第一方向运动到位后的第二位置,因此,当模式选择件301a沿第一方向运动至第二位置后,螺丝批处于autochuck模式。另外,本实施例的中模式选择机构还包括与模式选择件301a弹性抵接的模式复位元件303a,模式复位元件303a位于模式选择件301a和机壳之间。模式选择件301a用于可操作地克服第一弹性元件303a的作用力从第一位置运动至第二位置,并能够在第一弹性元件303a的弹性力作用下从第二位置回复至第一位置。The mode selector 301a is connected to the first putter assembly 451a to transmit the movement of the mode selector 301a to the first putter assembly 451a. In this embodiment, when the operator holds the handle portion, the operator can hold the handle by The part of the hand simultaneously operates the mode selector 301a. Specifically, in order to facilitate the operator to switch modes when holding the handle housing 1102a with one hand, a mode selector 301a is provided adjacent to the handle housing 1102a so that the operator can hold the handle and control mode simultaneously with one hand. The selector 301a moves linearly. Preferably, in this embodiment, when the screwdriver is switched to the autochuck mode, the mode selection member 301a moves in the first direction under the pressure of the finger. Preferably, the output shaft 150a has a receiving hole 1500a provided in the axial direction. The first end and the second end opposite to the first end, and the first direction is the direction from the first end to the second end, that is, the mode selector 301a has a first position and is moved from the initial position to the position in the first direction. Therefore, when the mode selector 301a moves to the second position in the first direction, the screwdriver is in the autochuck mode. In addition, the mode selection mechanism in this embodiment further includes a mode resetting element 303a that elastically abuts the mode selecting element 301a, and the mode resetting element 303a is located between the mode selecting element 301a and the casing. The mode selector 301a is operable to overcome the force of the first elastic element 303a from the first position to the second position, and can return to the first position from the second position by the elastic force of the first elastic element 303a. .
当模式选择件301a沿第一方向运动至第二位置后,模式复位元件303a通过模式选择件301a在外力的作用下处于弹性蓄能状态,也即当模式复位元件303a为拉簧时,模式复位元件303a在外力作用下拉伸,当模式复位元件303a为压簧时,模式复位元件303a在外力作用下压缩,当外力释放后,模式选择件301a在模式复位元件303a作用下运动至初始位置。需要说明的是,当螺丝批10a由drill模式切换至auto chuck模式时,本实施例中的锁止元件130a以及连接件420a均沿第一方向运动,其与模式选择件301a的运动方向一致(即连接件420a和锁止元件130a的运动方向与模式选择件301a的运动方向同向),该设置方式使得模式选择件301a通过简单的联动机构(如上述的第一推杆组件451a和第四推杆组件454a)即可带动锁止元件130a和连接件420a进行运动,相比较当锁止元件130a或连接件420a与模式选择件301a运动方向不一致时,联动机构不需要进行运动方向的切换,联动机构结构简单。After the mode selector 301a moves to the second position in the first direction, the mode reset element 303a is in an elastic energy storage state under the action of the external force through the mode selector 301a, that is, when the mode reset element 303a is a tension spring, the mode is reset. The element 303a is stretched by the external force. When the mode resetting element 303a is a compression spring, the mode resetting element 303a is compressed by the external force. When the external force is released, the mode selecting member 301a is moved to the initial position by the mode resetting element 303a. It should be noted that when the screwdriver 10a is switched from the drill mode to the autochuck mode, the locking element 130a and the connecting member 420a in this embodiment both move in the first direction, which is consistent with the moving direction of the mode selector 301a ( That is, the moving direction of the connecting member 420a and the locking member 130a is the same as the moving direction of the mode selection member 301a. This setting mode enables the mode selection member 301a to pass a simple linkage mechanism (such as the first pusher assembly 451a and the fourth The push rod assembly 454a) can drive the locking element 130a and the connecting member 420a to move. Compared with the moving direction of the locking member 130a or the connecting member 420a and the mode selection member 301a, the linkage mechanism does not need to switch the moving direction. The linkage mechanism has a simple structure.
本实施例中,螺丝批还包括用于对马达12进行供电或断电的控制的开关扳机304a以及根据开关扳机304a的运动控制马达12运动的第一控制组件。开关扳机304a的运动行程包括马达12处于断电状态的起始位置、马达12处于启动状态的终点位置之间移动以及位于起始位置和终点位置之间控制马达12以预定速度输出的预定位置。In this embodiment, the screwdriver further includes a switch trigger 304a for controlling power to or from the motor 12 and a first control component for controlling the movement of the motor 12 according to the movement of the switch trigger 304a. The movement stroke of the switch trigger 304a includes a starting position where the motor 12 is in a power-off state, movement between an end position where the motor 12 is in an activated state, and a predetermined position which controls the motor 12 to output at a predetermined speed between the starting position and the end position.
为了方便在操作开关扳机304a时实现对马达12速度的控制,随着开关扳机304a运动的行程的大小不同,第一控制组件使得马达12的转速也不同。即马达12的转速与扳机开关304a距离起始位置的行程呈比例设置,且扳机开关304a距离起始位置的行程越大,马达的转速越高。与本实施例中模式选择件301a的运动方式基本相同,为了方便操作者在单手握持手柄的时候方便进行控制开关扳机304a,开关扳机304a邻近所述手柄壳体设置从而使操作者能够单手同时进行握持手柄和控制开关扳机304a进行运动,开关扳机304a的运动优选为线性运动,开关扳机304a具有使马达与供电电源断开连接的开关初始位置以及使马达与供电电源连接的终点位置,且开关扳机304a沿第一方向运动的行程越大,也即操作位置距离输出位置的距离越远,马达的转速越高。In order to facilitate the control of the speed of the motor 12 when the switch trigger 304a is operated, as the stroke of the movement of the switch trigger 304a is different, the first control component makes the rotation speed of the motor 12 different. That is, the rotation speed of the motor 12 is set in proportion to the stroke of the trigger switch 304a from the starting position, and the larger the stroke of the trigger switch 304a from the starting position, the higher the rotation speed of the motor. The movement mode of the mode selector 301a in this embodiment is basically the same. In order to facilitate the operator to conveniently control the switch trigger 304a when holding the handle with one hand, the switch trigger 304a is provided adjacent to the handle housing so that the operator can The hand simultaneously holds the handle and controls the switch trigger 304a for movement. The movement of the switch trigger 304a is preferably a linear movement. The switch trigger 304a has an initial position for the switch disconnecting the motor from the power supply and an end position for connecting the motor to the power supply. The greater the stroke of the switch trigger 304a moving in the first direction, that is, the farther the operation position is from the output position, the higher the rotation speed of the motor.
进一步地,模式选择件301a紧邻开关扳机304a设置,从而使操作者能够单手同时进行握持手柄和可选择地控制模式选择件301a与开关扳机304a中一者的线性运动。Further, the mode selector 301a is disposed adjacent to the switch trigger 304a, so that the operator can simultaneously hold the handle with one hand and selectively control the linear movement of one of the mode selector 301a and the switch trigger 304a.
由上述的第一实施例的描述可知,当螺丝批处于autochuck模式时,若马达的速度较高容易造成“脱扣”声音刺耳、操作环境差的问题。为了避免该问题的出现,需要限制开关扳机304a的运动的行程,以避免开关扳机304运动的行程较大导致马达转速较高。参见图32-图35,本实施例中,螺丝批还包括互锁单元305a,所述互锁单元305a枢转的设置于机壳,且能够在模式选择件301a的带动下按预设枢转方向进行枢转运动。It can be known from the description of the first embodiment that when the screwdriver is in the autochuck mode, if the speed of the motor is high, the “tripping” sound is likely to be harsh and the operating environment is poor. In order to avoid this problem, it is necessary to limit the stroke of the movement of the switch trigger 304a, so as to avoid that a large stroke of the movement of the switch trigger 304 causes a high motor rotation speed. Referring to FIGS. 32-35, in this embodiment, the screwdriver further includes an interlocking unit 305a, which is pivotally disposed in the casing and can be pivoted according to a preset by the mode selector 301a. Direction for pivoting motion.
互锁单元305a包括第一限位臂3051a和第二限位臂3052a,参见图35,当所述模式选择件301a按图中箭头F1切换至第二位置时,所述模式选择件301a迫使第一限位臂3051带动互锁单元305a枢转,第二限位臂3052a的自由端运动至开关扳机304a的初始位置和终点位置之间的预定位置,当开关扳机由初始位 置向终点位置运动时,互锁单元305a能够在预定位置与开关扳机304抵接,以限制开关扳机304a运动的行程防止其越过预定位置,从而控制马达12的转速。为了防止在drill模式且马达转速较高时,操作者误操作模式选择件301a,当开关扳机304a运动至位于预定位置和终点位置之间的任一位置后,若操作模式选择件301a,当模式选择件301a通过第一限位臂3051a带动互锁单元305枢转时,第二限位臂3052a与开关扳机抵接,从而阻止模式选择件301a运动至第二位置,模式选择件301a无法运动至第二位置。本实施例中,互锁单元305a和第一连杆4513a之间还设有模式连接件302a,优选地,模式连接件302a为弹性钢丝。The interlocking unit 305a includes a first limit arm 3051a and a second limit arm 3052a. Referring to FIG. 35, when the mode selector 301a is switched to the second position according to the arrow F1 in the figure, the mode selector 301a forces the first A limit arm 3051 drives the interlock unit 305a to pivot, and the free end of the second limit arm 3052a moves to a predetermined position between the initial position and the end position of the switch trigger 304a. When the switch trigger moves from the initial position to the end position The interlocking unit 305 a can abut the switch trigger 304 at a predetermined position to limit the stroke of the switch trigger 304 a from moving beyond the predetermined position, thereby controlling the rotation speed of the motor 12. In order to prevent the operator from mistakenly operating the mode selector 301a in the drill mode and the motor speed is high, when the switch trigger 304a moves to any position between the predetermined position and the end position, if the mode selector 301a is operated, the mode When the selector 301a drives the interlocking unit 305 to pivot through the first limit arm 3051a, the second limit arm 3052a abuts the switch trigger, thereby preventing the mode selector 301a from moving to the second position, and the mode selector 301a cannot move to Second position. In this embodiment, a mode connection member 302a is further provided between the interlocking unit 305a and the first link 4513a. Preferably, the mode connection member 302a is an elastic steel wire.
参见图31-35所示,本实施例中,模式选择件301a上设有导引第一限位臂3051a的自由端运动的模式切换槽3011a,当模式选择件301a沿第一方向进行运动时,第一限位臂3051a的自由端在模式切换槽3011a的作用下运动按预设路径运动,互锁单元305a按预设的方向进行枢转,第二限位臂3052a枢转至终点位置和初始位置之间,从而开关扳机304a无法从初始位置运动至终点位置;参见图35a,当drill模式下,开关扳机304a从初始位置切换至终点位置后,第二限位臂3052a的自由端在预设的旋转方向上能够与开关扳机304a抵接,也即第二限位臂3052a的自由端无法越过终点位置枢转至终点位置和初始位置之间,因此,互锁单元305a无法沿预设的方向枢转至第一限定位置,因此,此时的模式选择件无法进行操作。Referring to FIGS. 31-35, in this embodiment, the mode selection member 301a is provided with a mode switching groove 3011a that guides the free end movement of the first limit arm 3051a. When the mode selection member 301a moves in the first direction, The free end of the first limit arm 3051a moves according to the preset path under the action of the mode switching slot 3011a, the interlocking unit 305a pivots in a preset direction, and the second limit arm 3052a pivots to the end position and Between the initial positions, the switch trigger 304a cannot move from the initial position to the end position; see FIG. 35a, when the switch trigger 304a is switched from the initial position to the end position in the drill mode, the free end of the second limit arm 3052a is The set rotation direction can abut the switch trigger 304a, that is, the free end of the second limit arm 3052a cannot be pivoted beyond the end position to the end position and the initial position. Therefore, the interlocking unit 305a cannot follow the preset The direction is pivoted to the first limit position, so the mode selector at this time cannot be operated.
在本发明的其他实施例中,互锁单元305a的设置还可以采用其它形式的结构,参见图40-图42所示,互锁单元305a′枢转的设置于机壳,且能够在模式选择件301a′的带动下按预设枢转方向进行枢转运动。互锁单元305a′包括第一限位臂3051a′和第二限位臂3052a′,当所述模式选择件301a′由图40切换至图41的位置,也即切换至第二位置时,所述模式选择件301a′迫使第一限位臂3051a′带动互锁单元305a′枢转至第一限定位置,第二限位臂3052a′的自由端运动至开关初始位置和开关终点位置之间的预定位置以限制开关扳机304a′运动的行程。参见图42,当开关扳机304a′运动至终点位置后,第二限位臂3052a′在预设枢转方向上与行程开关抵接,模式选择件301a′无法运动至第二位置。模式选择件301a′上设有与第一限位臂3051a′抵接的第一抵接部 3011a′,参见图40-图41,当模式选择件301a′沿第一方向运动时,第一抵接部3011a′抵接第一限位臂3051a′,第一限位臂3051a′带动互锁单元305a′按预设方向进行枢转。开关扳机304a′上设有能够与第二限位臂3052a′抵接的第二抵接部3041a′,当开关扳机304a′沿第一方向运动时,第二抵接部3041a′与第二限位臂3052a′抵接,第二限位臂3052a′带动互锁单元305a′枢转,从而第一限位臂3051a′的自由端运动至初始位置和第二位置之间。当模式选择件301a′沿第一方向运动时,第一抵接部3011a′与第一限位臂3051a′抵接,模式选择件301a′无法运动至第二位置,也即模式选择件301a′无法将螺丝批切换至autochuck模式。另外,本实施例中,模式连接件302a′与模式选择件301a′直接连接,也即模式连接件302a′并非通过限位机构305a′与模式选择件301a′进行连接。In other embodiments of the present invention, the arrangement of the interlocking unit 305a may also adopt other forms of structures, as shown in FIGS. 40-42. The interlocking unit 305a ′ is pivotally disposed on the casing, and can be selected in the mode. The piece 301a 'is driven to perform a pivoting motion according to a preset pivoting direction. The interlocking unit 305a ′ includes a first limit arm 3051a ′ and a second limit arm 3052a ′. When the mode selector 301a ′ is switched from FIG. 40 to FIG. 41, that is, when it is switched to the second position, The mode selector 301a ′ forces the first limit arm 3051a ′ to bring the interlocking unit 305a ′ to pivot to the first limit position, and the free end of the second limit arm 3052a ′ moves to the position between the switch initial position and the switch end position. A predetermined position to limit the stroke of the switch trigger 304a 'movement. Referring to FIG. 42, when the switch trigger 304 a ′ moves to the end position, the second limit arm 3052 a ′ abuts against the travel switch in a preset pivot direction, and the mode selector 301 a ′ cannot move to the second position. The mode selection member 301a 'is provided with a first abutment portion 3011a' which is in contact with the first limit arm 3051a '. See FIGS. 40-41. When the mode selection member 301a' moves in the first direction, the first contact The connecting portion 3011a ′ abuts the first limit arm 3051a ′, and the first limit arm 3051a ′ drives the interlocking unit 305a ′ to pivot in a preset direction. The switch trigger 304a ′ is provided with a second abutting portion 3041a ′ capable of abutting against the second limit arm 3052a ′. When the switch trigger 304a ′ moves in the first direction, the second abutting portion 3041a ′ and the second limit The position arm 3052a ′ abuts, and the second limit arm 3052a ′ drives the interlocking unit 305a ′ to pivot, so that the free end of the first limit arm 3051a ′ moves between the initial position and the second position. When the mode selection member 301a 'moves in the first direction, the first abutment portion 3011a' abuts against the first limit arm 3051a ', and the mode selection member 301a' cannot move to the second position, that is, the mode selection member 301a ' Unable to switch the screwdriver to autochuck mode. In addition, in this embodiment, the mode connecting member 302a 'is directly connected to the mode selecting member 301a', that is, the mode connecting member 302a 'is not connected to the mode selecting member 301a' through the limit mechanism 305a '.
与上述第一是实施的传动机构设置方式相同,本实施例中,传动机构为行星齿轮减速机构13a,其中行星齿轮减速机构13a优选为二级行星齿轮减速机构,包括靠近电机的第一级行星轮系131a、靠近输出装置15a的第二级行星轮系132a。第一级行星轮系131a包括固定于马达轴121a上的第一太阳轮1310a、与第一太阳轮1310a啮合且设置于第一太阳轮1310a外周的第一行星轮1311a,与第一行星轮1311a啮合的第一内齿圈1312a以及用于支撑第一行星轮1311a的第一行星架1313a,第二级行星轮系132a包括固定设置于第一行星架1313a上的第二太阳轮1320a、与第二太阳轮1320a啮合的第二行星轮1321a、与第二行星轮1321a啮合的第二内齿圈1322a以及用于支撑第二行星轮1321a的第二行星架1323a。第二内齿圈1322a(即相当于本实施例中的变速齿圈)相对于机壳能够沿马达轴121a在靠近电机的第一变速位置和远离马达的第二变速位置之间移动。当第二内齿圈1322a位于第一变速位置时,第二内齿圈1322a可转动的设置于机壳,且第二内齿圈1322a与第一行星架1313a和第二行星轮1321a同时啮合,因此,第一行星架1313a、第二行星轮1321a、第二内齿圈1322a一起转动,第二级行星轮系132a无减速输出,也即第二行星架1323a与第一行星架1313a转速相同,第二行星架1323a输出高速。当第二内齿圈1322a位于第二变速位置时,第二内齿圈1322a周向不可转动的固定于后壳体110a,且第二内齿圈1322a在 轴向移动的过程中与第一行星架1313a脱开啮合但第二内齿圈1322a仍与第二行星轮1321a啮合,以使第二行星架1323a相对于第一行星架1313a呈预设的减速传动比输出,第二行星架1323a输出低速。同时,当模式选择件301a由第一位置至第二位置的运动能够带动第二内齿圈1322a(即变速齿圈)运动至第一变速位置。本实施例中,模式选择件301a设有开关触发件(图中未示出),当模式选择件301a运动至第二位置后,开关触发件被触发,马达的供电电路导通,马达12带动调整件相对于本体151a转动以实现夹爪的打开或闭合。需要说明的是,在上述第一实施例中,为了保证autochuck模式时,输出轴150的转速较低,通过设置“T”槽结构,使得auto chuck模式时第二行星架输出低速。本实施例中,为了保证autochuck模式时,输出轴150的转速较低,螺丝批10a还包括位置传感器24a以及第二控制组件,位置传感器24a用于检测第二内齿圈1322a的位置,并将第二内齿圈1322a的位置信号传递给第二控制组件,第二控制组件根据第二内齿圈1322a的位置控制电机的转速以使输出轴15a在autochuck模式时始终能够处于autochuck低速模式输出,也即以低于预设的速度进行输出。需要说明的是本实施例中autochuk低速模式并非某一特定的值,只要输出轴15a的速度低于预设的转速值即可。The transmission mechanism is the same as the first implementation. In this embodiment, the transmission mechanism is a planetary gear reduction mechanism 13a. The planetary gear reduction mechanism 13a is preferably a two-stage planetary gear reduction mechanism, including a first-stage planet close to the motor. The gear train 131a and the second-stage planetary gear train 132a near the output device 15a. The first stage planetary gear train 131a includes a first sun gear 1310a fixed to a motor shaft 121a, a first planet gear 1311a meshing with the first sun gear 1310a and disposed on the outer periphery of the first sun gear 1310a, and a first planet gear 1311a The meshed first ring gear 1312a and the first planet carrier 1313a for supporting the first planet gear 1311a. The second stage planetary gear train 132a includes a second sun gear 1320a fixedly disposed on the first planet carrier 1313a, and A second planetary gear 1321a meshed with the two sun gears 1320a, a second ring gear 1322a meshed with the second planetary gear 1321a, and a second planet carrier 1323a for supporting the second planetary gear 1321a. The second ring gear 1322a (that is, equivalent to the shifting ring gear in this embodiment) is movable relative to the casing between the first shifting position near the motor and the second shifting position away from the motor along the motor shaft 121a. When the second ring gear 1322a is in the first shifting position, the second ring gear 1322a is rotatably disposed in the casing, and the second ring gear 1322a meshes with the first planet carrier 1313a and the second planet gear 1321a at the same time. Therefore, the first planet carrier 1313a, the second planet gear 1321a, and the second ring gear 1322a rotate together, and the second planetary gear train 132a has no deceleration output, that is, the second planet carrier 1323a and the first planet carrier 1313a have the same rotation speed. The second planet carrier 1323a outputs high speed. When the second ring gear 1322a is in the second shifting position, the second ring gear 1322a is fixed to the rear case 110a in a non-rotatable manner in the circumferential direction, and the second ring gear 1322a is in contact with the first planet during the axial movement. The carrier 1313a is disengaged but the second ring gear 1322a is still engaged with the second planet gear 1321a, so that the second planet carrier 1323a outputs a predetermined reduction gear ratio relative to the first planet carrier 1313a, and the second planet carrier 1323a outputs Low speed. At the same time, when the mode selector 301a is moved from the first position to the second position, the second ring gear 1322a (ie, the speed change ring gear) can be moved to the first speed change position. In this embodiment, the mode selector 301a is provided with a switch trigger (not shown). When the mode selector 301a moves to the second position, the switch trigger is triggered, the power supply circuit of the motor is turned on, and the motor 12 is driven. The adjusting member is rotated relative to the body 151a to realize the opening or closing of the clamping jaw. It should be noted that, in the above-mentioned first embodiment, in order to ensure that the rotation speed of the output shaft 150 is low in the autochuck mode, a “T” slot structure is provided so that the second planetary carrier outputs low speed in the autochuck mode. In this embodiment, in order to ensure that the rotation speed of the output shaft 150 is low in the autochuck mode, the screwdriver 10a further includes a position sensor 24a and a second control component. The position sensor 24a is used to detect the position of the second ring gear 1322a, and The position signal of the second ring gear 1322a is transmitted to the second control component, and the second control component controls the rotation speed of the motor according to the position of the second ring gear 1322a so that the output shaft 15a can always be output in the autochuck low speed mode when in the autochuck mode. That is, output is performed at a speed lower than a preset speed. It should be noted that the autochuk low speed mode in this embodiment is not a specific value, as long as the speed of the output shaft 15a is lower than a preset speed value.
在本实施例中,上述的模式选择件301a通过第一推杆组件451a和第四推杆组件454a分别带动锁止元件130a和连接件420a进行运动,且在模式切换时,锁止元件130a和连接件420a的运动行程不一致,可以理解地,在其它实施例中,锁止元件130a和连接件420a的运动行程还可以设置成一致的,也即锁止元件130a和连接件420a可以由同一连杆带动同步进行运动。In this embodiment, the above-mentioned mode selection member 301a drives the locking element 130a and the connecting member 420a to move through the first pusher assembly 451a and the fourth pusher assembly 454a, respectively. When the mode is switched, the locking elements 130a and 130a and The movement strokes of the connecting member 420a are inconsistent. It can be understood that in other embodiments, the movement strokes of the locking member 130a and the connecting member 420a can be set to be the same, that is, the locking member 130a and the connecting member 420a can be connected by the same connection. The rods move synchronously.
参见图31至图34、图56和图57,在一实施例中,手持式动力工具还包括控制模块66,控制模块66与马达12a电性连接,控制模块66用于在所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式下响应模式选择件301a的运动,并控制马达12a沿预定方向转动,以实现夹爪152a的打开或合拢。也就是说,手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式后,控制模块66能够响应模式选择件301a并控制马达12a沿预定方向进行转动以实现夹爪152a的打开或合拢。当操作者操作模式选择件301a后,使手持式动力工具处于auto chuck模式,此时,控制模块66能够控制 马达12a沿第一旋转方向或与第一旋转方向相反的第二旋转方向转动,以释放和锁紧工具头。也就是说,在auto chuck模式下,操作人员可以仅通过操作模式选择件301a控制马达12a的正转或者反转。这样,马达12a转动时可以通过输出行星轮系带动螺母套154a转动,螺母套154a相对于夹爪152a转动,使得夹爪152a张开或者合拢,以释放或者锁紧工具头。Referring to FIGS. 31 to 34, 56 and 57, in an embodiment, the handheld power tool further includes a control module 66, which is electrically connected to the motor 12a. The control module 66 is used for the handheld power tool. The tool is in response to the movement of the mode selection member 301a in the chuck adjustment mode, and controls the motor 12a to rotate in a predetermined direction to achieve the opening or closing of the clamping claw 152a. That is, after the hand-held power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, the control module 66 can respond to the mode selector 301a and control the motor 12a to rotate in a predetermined direction to realize the opening or closing of the clamping claw 152a. After the operator operates the mode selector 301a, the handheld power tool is placed in the autochuck mode. At this time, the control module 66 can control the motor 12a to rotate in the first rotation direction or the second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction. Release and tighten the tool head. That is, in the autochuck mode, the operator can control the forward rotation or reverse rotation of the motor 12a only through the operation mode selector 301a. In this way, when the motor 12a rotates, the nut sleeve 154a can be driven to rotate by the output planetary gear train. The nut sleeve 154a rotates relative to the clamping jaw 152a, so that the clamping jaw 152a is opened or closed to release or lock the tool head.
在一实施例中,当手持式动力工具切换至夹头调节模式,控制模块66能够响应模式选择件301a的运动并控制马达12a沿第一旋转方向旋转,且当手持式动力工具再次切换至夹头调节模式,控制模块66能够响应模式选择件301a的运动并控制马达12a沿与第一旋转方向相反的第二旋转方向旋转,以使得模式选择件301a的交替操作能够实现夹爪152a的交替打开与闭合。In an embodiment, when the hand-held power tool is switched to the chuck adjustment mode, the control module 66 can respond to the movement of the mode selector 301a and control the motor 12a to rotate in the first rotation direction, and when the hand-held power tool is switched to the chuck again In the head adjustment mode, the control module 66 can respond to the movement of the mode selection member 301a and control the motor 12a to rotate in a second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction, so that the alternate operation of the mode selection member 301a can realize the alternate opening of the grippers 152a. With closed.
具体的,操作人员操作模式选择件301a时,模式选择件301a先从第一位置运动至第二位置,以使手持式动力工具切换至夹头调节模式。模式选择件301a从第一位置运动至第二位置的过程中,锁止元件130a位于第一锁位置时,输出齿圈1582位于第二工作位置,此时,锁止元件130a将本体151a、夹爪152a周向锁定,使得本体151a、夹爪152a不能转动。当模式选择件301a运动至第二位置后,手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,控制模块66可以响应模式选择件301a的运动,此时,控制模块66控制马达12a按照预设转动方向转动,具体的,马达12a可以间接带动输出齿圈1582转动,进而输出齿圈1582带动螺母套154a相对于夹爪152a转动,实现工具头的锁紧或者释放。Specifically, when the operator operates the mode selector 301a, the mode selector 301a is first moved from the first position to the second position, so that the hand-held power tool is switched to the chuck adjustment mode. During the movement of the mode selector 301a from the first position to the second position, when the locking element 130a is located at the first locking position, the output ring gear 1582 is located at the second working position. At this time, the locking element 130a moves the body 151a and the clamp The claws 152a are locked in the circumferential direction so that the body 151a and the clamping claws 152a cannot rotate. After the mode selection member 301a moves to the second position, the handheld power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, and the control module 66 can respond to the movement of the mode selection member 301a. At this time, the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in a preset rotation direction. Specifically, the motor 12a can indirectly drive the output ring gear 1582 to rotate, and then the output ring gear 1582 drives the nut sleeve 154a to rotate relative to the clamping claw 152a to achieve locking or release of the tool head.
也就是说,模式选择件301a有两个控制行程,第一个控制行程为机械的控制行程,第二个控制行程为电控的控制行程。操作模式选择件301a之后,模式选择件301a先控制锁止元件130a锁定本体151a,使得手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,然后,模式选择件301a的操作能够被控制模块66响应,然后控制模块66再控制马达12a沿第一旋转方向或者第二旋转方向转动。可以理解的,这里的第一旋转方向与第二旋转方向是指马达12a的正转与反转。示例性地,当第一旋转方向为马达12a的正转方向时,则第二旋转方向为马达12a的反转方向。当然,第一旋转方向也可示意为马达12a的正反转方向时,则第二旋转方向示意为马达12a的反转方向。That is, the mode selector 301a has two control strokes, the first control stroke is a mechanical control stroke, and the second control stroke is an electronically controlled control stroke. After operating the mode selector 301a, the mode selector 301a first controls the locking element 130a to lock the body 151a, so that the handheld power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode. Then, the operation of the mode selector 301a can be responded by the control module 66, and then the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in the first rotation direction or the second rotation direction. It can be understood that the first rotation direction and the second rotation direction herein refer to the forward rotation and the reverse rotation of the motor 12a. Exemplarily, when the first rotation direction is the forward rotation direction of the motor 12a, the second rotation direction is the reverse rotation direction of the motor 12a. Of course, when the first rotation direction can also be illustrated as the forward and reverse direction of the motor 12a, the second rotation direction is illustrated as the reverse direction of the motor 12a.
这样,操作模式选择件301a使手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,控制模块66可以控制马达12a沿第一旋转方向转动,即马达12a正转,此时,马达12a可以通过输出齿圈1582带动螺母套154a相对于夹爪152a转动,使得夹爪152a合拢以锁紧工具头。此时,松开对模式选择件301a的操作,模式选择件301a在模式复位元件的作用下复位至第一位置,也即动力工具处于钻孔模式,操作人员可以使用手持式动力工具进行相应的操作如钻孔等。使用完成后需要更换、拆卸工具头或者工具头的安装位置不合理需要调整时,再次操作模式选择件301a至夹头调节模式,控制模块66响应模式选择件301a的运动,控制模块66可以控制马达12a沿与上一次auto chuck模式下马达12a旋转方向相反的方向进行旋转,也即沿第二旋转方向转动,即马达12a反转,此时,马达12a可以通过输出齿圈1582带动螺母套154a相对于夹爪152a转动,使得夹爪152a张开以释放工具头。对工具头操作如拆卸、更换、位置调整等操作完成后,再按照上述方式实现工具头的锁紧。如此往复操作实现工具头的锁紧与释放,这样,工具头锁紧与释放的过程简单,操作人员单手即可完成操作附件的更换,方便操作人员使用。In this way, the operating mode selector 301a puts the hand-held power tool in the chuck adjustment mode. The control module 66 can control the motor 12a to rotate in the first rotation direction, that is, the motor 12a rotates forward. At this time, the motor 12a can be driven by the output ring gear 1582. The nut sleeve 154a rotates relative to the clamping jaw 152a, so that the clamping jaw 152a is closed to lock the tool head. At this time, the operation of the mode selection member 301a is released, and the mode selection member 301a is reset to the first position under the action of the mode reset element, that is, the power tool is in the drilling mode, and the operator can use the hand-held power tool to perform corresponding operations. Operations such as drilling. After use, the tool head needs to be replaced or removed or the installation position of the tool head is unreasonable and needs to be adjusted. Operate the mode selector 301a to the chuck adjustment mode again. The control module 66 responds to the movement of the mode selector 301a. The control module 66 can control the motor. 12a rotates in a direction opposite to the rotation direction of the motor 12a in the last autochuck mode, that is, in the second rotation direction, that is, the motor 12a is reversed. At this time, the motor 12a can drive the nut sleeve 154a through the output ring gear 1582. As the jaw 152a is rotated, the jaw 152a is opened to release the tool head. After the operation of the tool head, such as disassembly, replacement, and position adjustment, is completed, the tool head is locked in the above manner. The reciprocating operation in this way realizes the locking and releasing of the tool head. In this way, the locking and releasing process of the tool head is simple, and the operator can complete the replacement of the operating accessories with one hand, which is convenient for the operator.
值得说明的是,控制模块66具有记忆功能,能够存储马达12a上一次的转动方向,这样,本次时,控制模块66控制马达12a沿与上一次的转动方向相反的方向转动。也就是说,当上一次控制模块66控制马达12a沿第一旋转方向转动时,本次控制模块66则控制马达12a沿第二旋转方向转动。这样,操作人员通过操作模式选择件301a控制工具头的释放与锁紧时,无需再操作其他按键,只通过操作一个按键即可实现模式的切换以及工具头的锁紧或者释放,方便使用。并且,当手持式动力工具掉电时,控制模块66中可以自动存储马达12a掉电前的转动方向,当手持式动力工具重新上电后,控制模块66可以根据掉电前的转动方向控制马达12a转动。It is worth noting that the control module 66 has a memory function and can store the previous rotation direction of the motor 12a. In this case, the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in a direction opposite to the previous rotation direction. That is, when the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in the first rotation direction, the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in the second rotation direction. In this way, when the operator controls the release and locking of the tool head through the operation mode selection member 301a, there is no need to operate other keys, and the mode can be switched and the tool head can be locked or released only by operating one button, which is convenient to use. In addition, when the hand-held power tool is powered off, the control module 66 can automatically store the rotation direction before the motor 12a is powered off. When the hand-held power tool is powered on again, the control module 66 can control the motor according to the rotation direction before the power-down 12a turns.
采用上述实施例的手持式动力工具后,当操作者握持手柄部时,操作者能够以握持手柄部的手同时操作模式选择件301a,并且,操作模式选择件301a后,控制模块66可以控制马达12a沿第一旋转方向或与第一旋转方向相反的第二旋转方向转动,以释放和锁紧工具头。如此,当操作者工作过程中,可以实现单 手操作与控制手持式动力工具,并实现对应的模式切换功能以及夹头机构的合拢或张开,方便工具头的释放与锁紧,灵活度高。With the handheld power tool of the above embodiment, when the operator holds the handle portion, the operator can simultaneously operate the mode selection member 301a with the hand holding the handle portion, and after the operation mode selection member 301a, the control module 66 can The control motor 12a is rotated in a first rotation direction or a second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction to release and lock the tool head. In this way, when the operator is working, one-handed operation and control of the hand-held power tool can be realized, and the corresponding mode switching function and the collapsing or opening of the chuck mechanism can be realized, which facilitates the release and locking of the tool head and has high flexibility .
可选地,手持式动力工具还包括设置于手柄部的换向开关,换向开关与控制模块66电连接,换向开关用于实现马达12a正转或者反转的控制。操作人员操作换向开关时,在马达启动后控制模块66能够根据内部的控制信息控制马达12a沿预设转动方向转动。示例性地,换向开关相对于机壳能够在第一位置和第二位置之间移动,当操作人员操作换向开关使其处于第一位置后,控制模块66控制马达12a沿第一旋转方向转动,也即正转,当操作人员操作换向开关处于第二位置时,控制模块66控制马达12a沿第二方向转动,也即反转。Optionally, the hand-held power tool further includes a reversing switch provided on the handle portion, and the reversing switch is electrically connected to the control module 66. The reversing switch is used to control the forward rotation or reverse rotation of the motor 12a. When the operator operates the reversing switch, after the motor is started, the control module 66 can control the motor 12a to rotate in a preset rotation direction according to internal control information. Exemplarily, the reversing switch can move between a first position and a second position relative to the casing. When an operator operates the reversing switch to bring it to the first position, the control module 66 controls the motor 12a in the first rotation direction When the operator operates the reversing switch in the second position, the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in the second direction, that is, reverse.
可以理解的,手持式动力工具在drill模式时,操作人员操作换向开关使其处于第一位置或第二位置,并通过换向开关控制马达12a正转或反转,当操作人员操作扳机开关启动马达后,马达12a根据换向开关所处的位置进行正转或反转,从而通过驱动轴带动本体151a、夹爪152a、调整件以及工具头一起旋转以执行工作。Understandably, when the hand-held power tool is in the drill mode, the operator operates the reversing switch to place it in the first position or the second position, and controls the motor 12a to rotate forward or reverse by the reversing switch. When the operator operates the trigger switch After starting the motor, the motor 12a rotates forward or reverse according to the position of the reversing switch, so that the main body 151a, the clamping jaw 152a, the adjusting member and the tool head are rotated together to perform work by the driving shaft.
可以理解地,在其他实施例中,模式选择件301a的操作能够实现从钻孔模式到夹头调节模式并启动马达但无法通过操作模式选择件301a对马达进行换向,此时,通过可通过换向开关进行换向。这样,当操作者操作模式选择件301a至夹头调节模式,如果此时的换向开关处于第一位置,控制模块66响应模式选择件的操作启动马达进行正转;当操作者操作模式选择件301a至夹头调节模式,如果此时的换向开关处于第二位置,控制模块66响应模式选择件的操作启动马达进行反转;当然,在本发明的其他实施方式中,换向开关也可以设置成两个单独的开关,其中一个控制马达进行正转,另一个控制马达进行反转。Understandably, in other embodiments, the operation of the mode selection member 301a can be realized from the drilling mode to the chuck adjustment mode and the motor is started, but the motor cannot be reversed by the operation mode selection member 301a. At this time, the Reversing switch for reversing. In this way, when the operator operates the mode selector 301a to the chuck adjustment mode, if the reversing switch is in the first position at this time, the control module 66 starts the motor to rotate forward in response to the operation of the mode selector; when the operator operates the mode selector 301a to chuck adjustment mode, if the reversing switch is in the second position at this time, the control module 66 starts the motor to reverse rotation in response to the operation of the mode selector; of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the reversing switch can also It is set as two separate switches, one of which controls the motor to rotate forward and the other to control the motor to reverse rotation.
可以理解地,手持式动力工具在auto chuck模式时,操作人员也可以通过换向开关以及扳机开关控制夹爪的合拢与打开。换句话说,模式选择件301a能够将动力工具从钻孔模式切换至夹头调节模式,但马达的换向需要通过换向开关控制,马达的启动需要通过扳机开关来实现。具体的,操作模式选择件301a后,本体151a被锁定之后,输出齿圈1582a通过连接件420a与螺母套154a在旋转方向上连接,然后将正反转控制开关切换至第一位置或第二位置,此时再操作 扳机开关,马达12a启动,输出齿圈1582带动螺母套154a相对于夹爪152a转动,使得夹爪152a张开或者合拢,以释放或者锁紧工具头。Understandably, when the hand-held power tool is in the auto chuck mode, the operator can also control the closing and opening of the gripper through the reversing switch and the trigger switch. In other words, the mode selector 301a can switch the power tool from the drilling mode to the chuck adjustment mode, but the reversing of the motor needs to be controlled by the reversing switch, and the starting of the motor needs to be realized by the trigger switch. Specifically, after operating the mode selection member 301a and the body 151a is locked, the output ring gear 1582a is connected to the nut sleeve 154a in the rotation direction through the connecting member 420a, and then the forward and reverse control switch is switched to the first position or the second position At this time, when the trigger switch is operated again, the motor 12a is started, the output ring gear 1582 drives the nut sleeve 154a to rotate relative to the clamping jaw 152a, so that the clamping jaw 152a is opened or closed to release or lock the tool head.
参见图36和图54,在一实施例中,当操作者握持所述手柄部时,所述操作者能够以握持所述手柄部的手同时操作所述模式选择件301a。这样,当操作者使用手持式动力工具工作过程中,可以实现单手操作与控制手持式动力工具,并实现对应的模式切换功能以及夹头机构的合拢或张开,方便工具头的释放与锁紧,灵活度高。Referring to FIGS. 36 and 54, in an embodiment, when an operator holds the handle portion, the operator can simultaneously operate the mode selection member 301 a with a hand holding the handle portion. In this way, when the operator uses the hand-held power tool to work, he can realize one-handed operation and control of the hand-held power tool, and realize the corresponding mode switching function and the collapsing or opening of the chuck mechanism, which facilitates the release and locking of the tool head. Tight and flexible.
参见图31至图34、图56和图57,在一实施例中,模式选择件301a在操作后控制模块66能够响应模式选择件301a的操作并控制马达沿预定的方向进行转动,当再次操作模式选择件至夹头调节模式时,控制模块66能够响应模式选择件301a的操作并控制马达沿与上一次夹头调节模式下相反的旋转方向进行转动,例如,上次一夹头调节模式下,马达12a进行正转,再次操作模式选择件301a马达12a进行反转;如果上一次操作模式选择件301a至夹头调节模式,控制模块66响应模式选择件301a的操作并控制马达12a进行反转,则再次操作模式选择件301a,马达12a进行正转;具体地,动力工具还包括触发机构,当操作模式选择件301a并使得所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,触发机构能够产生触发信号并传递至控制模块66,控制模块66在接收到触发信号后,根据马达12a在上一次夹头调节模式下的旋转方向控制马达转动,也即控制模块再接收触发信号后控制马达沿与上一次夹头调节模式下相反的方向进行转动。Referring to FIGS. 31 to 34, 56 and 57, in one embodiment, after the mode selector 301a is operated, the control module 66 can respond to the operation of the mode selector 301a and control the motor to rotate in a predetermined direction. When operated again When the mode selector is in the chuck adjustment mode, the control module 66 can respond to the operation of the mode selector 301a and control the motor to rotate in the direction opposite to that in the previous chuck adjustment mode, for example, in the last chuck adjustment mode The motor 12a rotates forward, and the mode selector 301a is operated again. The motor 12a reverses. If the last operation mode selector 301a is in the chuck adjustment mode, the control module 66 responds to the operation of the mode selector 301a and controls the motor 12a to reverse. , The mode selection member 301a is operated again, and the motor 12a rotates forward. Specifically, the power tool further includes a trigger mechanism. When the mode selection member 301a is operated and the handheld power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, the trigger mechanism can generate a trigger. The signal is transmitted to the control module 66. After receiving the trigger signal, the control module 66 controls the previous chuck according to the motor 12a. The rotational direction of the motor rotation control mode section, i.e. the control module then receives the trigger signal and the last control motor in the direction opposite the collet adjustment mode to rotate.
示例性地,当模式选择件301a从第一位置运动至第二位置后,手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,此时,模式选择件301a的操作使得触发机构能够被触发,触发机构发送触发信号给控制模块66,也即触发机构与控制模块导通,控制模块66可以控制马达12a转动。当模式选择件301a从第二位置回到第一位置时,模式选择件301a脱离触发机构,此时,控制模块不再发送触发信号给控制模块,触发机构与控制模块66形成断路,控制模块66不能控制马达12a转动。Exemplarily, after the mode selection member 301a is moved from the first position to the second position, the handheld power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode. At this time, the operation of the mode selection member 301a enables the trigger mechanism to be triggered, and the trigger mechanism sends the trigger. A signal is sent to the control module 66, that is, the trigger mechanism is communicated with the control module, and the control module 66 can control the motor 12a to rotate. When the mode selector 301a returns from the second position to the first position, the mode selector 301a is disengaged from the trigger mechanism. At this time, the control module no longer sends a trigger signal to the control module, the trigger mechanism and the control module 66 form an open circuit, and the control module 66 The motor 12a cannot be controlled to rotate.
在一实施例中,触发机构包括能够在模式选择件301a的作用下运动的开关触发件306a以及旁路开关308a,当模式选择件301a运动并使得手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,模式选择件301a能够通过开关触发件306a触发旁路开关 308a闭合,以使旁路开关308a与控制模块66导通,并使控制模块66控制马达12a按预定方向旋转转动。旁路开关308a与控制模块66电性连接。当模式选择件301a运动至第二位置后,模式选择件301a可以通过开关触发件306a触动旁路开关308a,此时,旁路开关308a与控制器导通,控制器可以控制马达12a转动。In one embodiment, the trigger mechanism includes a switch trigger 306a and a bypass switch 308a that can move under the action of the mode selection member 301a. When the mode selection member 301a moves and the handheld power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, the mode selection The component 301a can trigger the bypass switch 308a to be closed by the switch trigger 306a, so that the bypass switch 308a and the control module 66 are turned on, and the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in a predetermined direction. The bypass switch 308 a is electrically connected to the control module 66. After the mode selector 301a moves to the second position, the mode selector 301a can touch the bypass switch 308a through the switch trigger 306a. At this time, the bypass switch 308a is turned on with the controller, and the controller can control the motor 12a to rotate.
参见图46,图46示出了夹头调节模式的工作原理图,当模式选择件运动至第二位置,也即处于夹头调节模式时,控制模块根据是否接收到触发信号,作出控制马达是否沿第一方向转动,若接受到触发信号则控制马达沿第一旋转方向转动,若否,则不控制马达进行转动,当再次触发模式选择件时,控制模块继续判断是否接受到触发信号,若否,马达仍不转动,若是,马达则沿第二方向转动。Referring to FIG. 46, FIG. 46 shows a working principle diagram of the chuck adjustment mode. When the mode selection member is moved to the second position, that is, the chuck adjustment mode, the control module determines whether to control the motor according to whether a trigger signal is received. Rotate in the first direction. If a trigger signal is received, the motor is controlled to rotate in the first rotation direction. If not, the motor is not controlled to rotate. When the mode selector is triggered again, the control module continues to determine whether the trigger signal is received. No, the motor still does not rotate, if it does, the motor rotates in the second direction.
可以理解的,开关触发件306a可以设置于模式选择件301a,也可以靠近旁路开关308a设置。示例性地,开关触发件306a可以靠近旁路开关308a设置。当模式选择件301a运动至第二位置后,模式选择件301a可以触动开关触发件306a,使得开关触发件306a触动旁路开关308a,此时,旁路开关308a与控制模块66导通。当然,当开关触发件306a设置于模式选择件301a时,也即模式选择件可以带动开关触发件306a同步运动,模式选择件301a运动至第二位置的同时,使得开关触发件306a可以触动旁路开关308a,使得旁路开关308a与控制模块66导通。It can be understood that the switch triggering element 306a may be disposed on the mode selecting element 301a, or may be disposed near the bypass switch 308a. Exemplarily, the switch trigger 306a may be disposed near the bypass switch 308a. After the mode selector 301a moves to the second position, the mode selector 301a can touch the switch trigger 306a, so that the switch trigger 306a touches the bypass switch 308a. At this time, the bypass switch 308a and the control module 66 are turned on. Of course, when the switch trigger 306a is set on the mode selector 301a, that is, the mode selector can drive the switch trigger 306a to move synchronously, while the mode selector 301a moves to the second position, the switch trigger 306a can trigger the bypass The switch 308a makes the bypass switch 308a and the control module 66 conductive.
在一实施例中,上述触发机构包括信号检测模块,信号检测模块与控制模块66电性连接,当模式选择件301a运动并使得手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,信号检测模块能够产生触发信号并将触发信号传递给控制模块66,控制模块66根据触发信号控制马达12a按预定的旋转方向进行转动。也即信号检测模块用于识别模式选择件301a是否运动至第二位置,当模式选择件301a运动至第二位置后,信号检测模块能够产生触发信号,这里的触发信号等同于上述实施例的工作信号。信号检测模块将触发信号传输给控制模块66后,控制模块66工作,并且,控制模块66再根据上一次马达的旋转方向控制马达12a沿与上一次夹头模式下相反的旋转方向进行旋转。In one embodiment, the trigger mechanism includes a signal detection module, and the signal detection module is electrically connected to the control module 66. When the mode selector 301a moves and the handheld power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, the signal detection module can generate a trigger signal. The trigger signal is transmitted to the control module 66, and the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in a predetermined rotation direction according to the trigger signal. That is, the signal detection module is used to identify whether the mode selection element 301a moves to the second position. After the mode selection element 301a moves to the second position, the signal detection module can generate a trigger signal. The trigger signal here is equivalent to the work of the above embodiment. signal. After the signal detection module transmits the trigger signal to the control module 66, the control module 66 operates, and the control module 66 then controls the motor 12a to rotate in the opposite rotation direction from the previous chuck mode according to the previous rotation direction of the motor.
在一实施例中,手持式动力工具还包括供电电源,信号检测模块或触发机构包括触发开关308a,触发开关包括与供电电源电性连接的第一触发件以及与控制模块66电性连接的第二触发元件,当模式选择件301a沿第一方向运动至第二位置时,第一触发元件或第二触发元件在模式选择件301a的作用下运动并使得第一触发元件与第二触发元件电性连接,因而,触发开关308a产生高电平信号并传递给控制模块66以使控制模块66控制马达12a按预定旋转方向进行转动。可以理解的,这里的供电电源即为电池包。In one embodiment, the hand-held power tool further includes a power supply, and the signal detection module or trigger mechanism includes a trigger switch 308a. The trigger switch includes a first trigger member electrically connected to the power source and a first trigger member electrically connected to the control module 66. Two trigger elements. When the mode selection element 301a moves to the second position in the first direction, the first trigger element or the second trigger element moves under the action of the mode selection element 301a and causes the first trigger element and the second trigger element to electrically Because of this, the trigger switch 308a generates a high-level signal and transmits it to the control module 66, so that the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in a predetermined rotation direction. Understandably, the power supply here is the battery pack.
第一触发元件与第二触发元件在通常状态下为断路状态。当操作者操作模式选择件301a后,第一触发件和/或第二触发件会产生相应的动作,使得第一触发件与第二触发件电性连接,此时,信号检测模块会产生高电平信号。该高电平信号为上述实施例的触发信号。控制模块66在接收到高电平信号后再根据马达在上一次夹头调节模式下(也即auto chuck模式)下马达12a的旋转方向控制马达12a沿与上一次相反的旋转方向进行转动。The first trigger element and the second trigger element are in an open state in a normal state. After the operator operates the mode selection member 301a, the first trigger and / or the second trigger will generate corresponding actions, so that the first trigger and the second trigger are electrically connected. At this time, the signal detection module will generate a high Level signal. The high-level signal is the trigger signal of the above embodiment. After receiving the high-level signal, the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in the direction opposite to the previous rotation according to the rotation direction of the motor 12a in the last chuck adjustment mode (ie, the autochuck mode).
当然,在其它是实施例中,信号检测模块或触发机构还可以为传感器,优选地,信号检测模块或触发机构包括设置于模式选择件301a上的磁铁以及设置于壳体的霍尔传感器,当模式选择件301a带动磁铁运动至第二位置时,霍尔传感器能够产生检测信号(触发信号),并将检测信号传递至控制模块,控制模块在接收触发信号后根据上一次夹头调节模式下马达的旋转方向,控制马达沿与上一次相反的方向旋转。Of course, in other embodiments, the signal detection module or trigger mechanism may also be a sensor. Preferably, the signal detection module or trigger mechanism includes a magnet provided on the mode selector 301a and a Hall sensor provided on the housing. When the mode selector 301a drives the magnet to move to the second position, the Hall sensor can generate a detection signal (trigger signal) and transmit the detection signal to the control module. After receiving the trigger signal, the control module receives the trigger signal according to the motor in the previous chuck adjustment mode. The direction of rotation is to control the motor to rotate in the direction opposite to the last time.
在一实施例中,控制模块66包括信号处理单元以及用于控制马达12a转动的控制器,信号处理单元用于接收信号检测模块的触发信号并根据马达12a在上一次夹头调节模式下的旋转方向处理信号并输出至控制器。控制器控制马达12a沿与上一次夹头调节模式下相反的方向进行旋转。当然,在本发明的其他实施方式中,信号处理单元还可与旁路开关308a导通,旁路开关308a在被触发后能够使信号处理单元根据马达12a在上一次夹头调节模式下的旋转方向处理信号,并输出至控制器,以使控制器控制马达12a沿与上一次夹头调节模式下相反的方向进行旋转。In an embodiment, the control module 66 includes a signal processing unit and a controller for controlling the rotation of the motor 12a. The signal processing unit is configured to receive a trigger signal from the signal detection module and to rotate the motor 12a in the previous chuck adjustment mode according to the rotation The direction processes the signal and outputs it to the controller. The controller controls the motor 12a to rotate in a direction opposite to that in the previous chuck adjustment mode. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the signal processing unit may be further connected to the bypass switch 308a. After being triggered, the bypass switch 308a can enable the signal processing unit to rotate according to the motor 12a in the previous chuck adjustment mode. The direction processing signal is output to the controller, so that the controller controls the motor 12a to rotate in a direction opposite to that in the previous chuck adjustment mode.
示例性地,本发明的控制模块66包括上述的信号处理单元以及控制器,如 控制器包括6个MOS,通过6个MOS的导通顺序控制马达12a正转或反转。可以理解的,信号处理单元与控制器可以为独立的单元,当然,信号处理单元与控制器也可以集成在一起设置,也即控制器同时具有信号处理的功能。Exemplarily, the control module 66 of the present invention includes the above-mentioned signal processing unit and a controller. For example, the controller includes 6 MOS, and the motor 12a is controlled to forward or reverse by the conduction sequence of the 6 MOS. It can be understood that the signal processing unit and the controller may be independent units. Of course, the signal processing unit and the controller may also be integrated and set, that is, the controller also has a signal processing function.
可选地,控制器包括但不限于MCU、PLC或CPU等,还可以为其他能够起到控制作用的结构如控制电路等等。示例性地,控制器为MCU。信号处理单元用于输出控制马达12a转动的控制信号。Optionally, the controller includes, but is not limited to, an MCU, a PLC, or a CPU, and may also be other structures capable of controlling functions, such as a control circuit and the like. Exemplarily, the controller is an MCU. The signal processing unit is used to output a control signal for controlling the rotation of the motor 12a.
具体的,操作人员操作模式选择件301a后,旁路开关308a被导通,旁路开关308a能够将电池包的高压电平信号传递至控制模块66,同时,控制模块(信号处理单元与控制器)上电。信号处理单元会输出控制马达12a转动的控制信号,并将控制信号传输给控制器,控制器接收控制信号后,根据控制信号控制马达12a按照控制信号所预设转动方向转动。当模式选择件301a复位之后,信号处理单元与控制器断电,马达12a停止转动。当操作人员操作开关板机使得电池包与控制模块66导通时,信号处理单元与控制器上电。在一实施例中,信号处理单元包括用于存储控制马达12a在上一次夹头模式下转动信息(如转动方向)的信息存储子单元,以及用于输出控制信号至控制器的信号输出子单元,信息存储子单元用于存储马达12a绕第一旋转方向转动的控制信号,同时当信号处理单元在接收到由模式调节件对触发模块的引起的触发信号后,能够修正控制信号,并由信号输出子单元输出控制信号至控制器,使控制器根据控制信号控制马达12a沿与上一次夹头调节模式相反的方向转动。Specifically, after the operator operates the mode selector 301a, the bypass switch 308a is turned on. The bypass switch 308a can transmit the high-voltage signal of the battery pack to the control module 66. At the same time, the control module (signal processing unit and control Device). The signal processing unit outputs a control signal for controlling the rotation of the motor 12a, and transmits the control signal to the controller. After receiving the control signal, the controller controls the motor 12a to rotate according to the preset rotation direction of the control signal. When the mode selector 301a is reset, the signal processing unit and the controller are powered off, and the motor 12a stops rotating. When the operator operates the switch board to make the battery pack and the control module 66 conductive, the signal processing unit and the controller are powered on. In an embodiment, the signal processing unit includes an information storage sub-unit for storing rotation information (such as a rotation direction) of the control motor 12a in the last chuck mode, and a signal output sub-unit for outputting a control signal to the controller. The information storage subunit is used to store the control signal of the motor 12a rotating in the first rotation direction. At the same time, the signal processing unit can correct the control signal after receiving the trigger signal caused by the mode adjustment member to the trigger module, and the signal can be corrected by the signal. The output subunit outputs a control signal to the controller, so that the controller controls the motor 12a to rotate in a direction opposite to the last chuck adjustment mode according to the control signal.
信息存储子单元具有记忆的功能,以对由信息输出子单元输出的控制信号进行存储记忆。信息存储子单元中的控制信号通过信号输出子单元传输给控制器,控制器接收控制信号后,根据控制信号控制马达12a绕第一旋转方向转动。并且,在控制器接收到控制信号的同时,控制器将控制信号反馈给计数单元,使得计数单元对其中的控制信号进行修正,使得之前控制马达12a沿第一旋转方向转动的控制信号变成控制马达12a沿第二旋转方向转动的控制信号。这样,当下一次操作模式选择件301a时,计数单元输出修正后的控制信号,将该信号通过输出信号单元传输给控制器,控制器根据该控制信号控制马达12a沿第二旋转方向转动,同时,控制器将该控制信号反馈给计数单元,计数单元对该控 制信号进行修正,使得之前控制马达12a沿第二旋转方向转动的控制信号变成控制马达12a沿第一旋转方向转动的控制信号。如此往复修正控制信号,实现马达12a转动方向的控制。The information storage sub-unit has a memory function to store and memorize the control signals output by the information output sub-unit. The control signal in the information storage sub-unit is transmitted to the controller through the signal output sub-unit. After receiving the control signal, the controller controls the motor 12a to rotate around the first rotation direction according to the control signal. In addition, when the controller receives the control signal, the controller feeds back the control signal to the counting unit, so that the counting unit corrects the control signal therein, so that the control signal that previously controlled the motor 12a to rotate in the first rotation direction becomes control A control signal for the motor 12a to rotate in the second rotation direction. In this way, when the mode selector 301a is operated next time, the counting unit outputs a corrected control signal, and transmits the signal to the controller through the output signal unit. The controller controls the motor 12a to rotate in the second rotation direction according to the control signal. The controller feeds back the control signal to the counting unit, and the counting unit corrects the control signal so that the control signal that previously controlled the motor 12a to rotate in the second rotation direction becomes a control signal that controls the motor 12a to rotate in the first rotation direction. By reciprocating the control signal in this way, the rotation direction of the motor 12a is controlled.
值得说明的,计数单元输出的控制信号则由旁路开关308a发出的工作信号控制。具体的,旁路开关308a被触发后,可以发出工作信号。此时,旁路开关308a可将工作信号传输给信号处理单元,信号处理单元接收工作信号后发出其中存储的控制信号,以使控制器根据控制信号控制马达12a转动。It should be noted that the control signal output by the counting unit is controlled by the working signal sent from the bypass switch 308a. Specifically, after the bypass switch 308a is triggered, an operating signal may be issued. At this time, the bypass switch 308a can transmit the working signal to the signal processing unit, and the signal processing unit sends out the control signal stored therein after receiving the working signal, so that the controller controls the motor 12a to rotate according to the control signal.
示例性地,计数单元中存储用于控制马达12a沿第一旋转方向转动的控制信号。操作模式选择件301a运动至第二位置后,旁路开关308a发出工作信号给信号处理单元,以使得计数单元中的第一控制信号通过输出信号单元传输给控制器,控制器接根据第一控制信号控制马达12a绕第一旋转方向转动。并且,在控制器接收到第一控制信号的同时,控制器将第一控制信号反馈给计数单元,使得计数单元对第一控制信号进行修正,变成第二控制信号。当再次操作模式选择件301a运动至第二位置后,旁路开关308a发出工作信号给信号处理单元,以使得计数单元输出第二控制信号,通过输出信号单元传输给控制器,控制器根据第二控制信号控制马达12a沿第二旋转方向转动,同时,控制器将第二控制信号反馈给计数单元,计数单元对第二控制信号进行修正,变成第一控制信号。Exemplarily, a control signal for controlling the rotation of the motor 12a in the first rotation direction is stored in the counting unit. After the operation mode selector 301a moves to the second position, the bypass switch 308a sends an operating signal to the signal processing unit, so that the first control signal in the counting unit is transmitted to the controller through the output signal unit, and the controller is connected to the first control The signal control motor 12a rotates around the first rotation direction. In addition, when the controller receives the first control signal, the controller feeds back the first control signal to the counting unit, so that the counting unit corrects the first control signal to become the second control signal. When the operation mode selector 301a moves to the second position again, the bypass switch 308a sends a working signal to the signal processing unit, so that the counting unit outputs a second control signal, which is transmitted to the controller through the output signal unit. The control signal controls the motor 12a to rotate in the second rotation direction. At the same time, the controller feeds back the second control signal to the counting unit, and the counting unit corrects the second control signal to become the first control signal.
进一步地,信息存储子单元对信息的存储以及修改方式如下,信息存储单元中单元的计数方式为i=0或者i=1。示例性地,当i=0时,计数单元输出第一控制信号,i=1时,计数单元输出第二控制信号。当然,也可当i=0时,计数单元输出第二控制信号,i=1时,计数单元输出第一控制信号。Further, the information storage and modification manner of the information storage sub-unit is as follows. The counting manner of the units in the information storage unit is i = 0 or i = 1. Exemplarily, when i = 0, the counting unit outputs a first control signal, and when i = 1, the counting unit outputs a second control signal. Of course, when i = 0, the counting unit outputs the second control signal, and when i = 1, the counting unit outputs the first control signal.
信息存储子单元中计的数为i=0。当操作操作模式选择件301a运动至第二位置后,旁路开关308a发出工作信号给信号处理单元,信号处理单元读取信号存储子单元中的i=0以产生第一控制信号,该第一控制信号通过输出信号单元传输给控制器,控制器接根据第一控制信号控制马达12a绕第一旋转方向转动。并且,在控制器接收到第一控制信号的同时,控制器将第一控制信号反馈给计数单元,使得信息存储子单元中计的数从i=0变成i=1。当再次操作模式选择件 301a运动至第二位置后,旁路开关308a发出工作信号给信号处理单元,信号处理单元读取i=1以产生第二控制信号,该第二控制信号通过输出信号单元传输给控制器,控制器根据第二控制信号控制马达12a沿第二旋转方向转动,同时,控制器将第二控制信号反馈信息存储子单元,得信息存储子单元的数从i=1变成i=0。The number counted in the information storage subunit is i = 0. When the operation mode selector 301a is moved to the second position, the bypass switch 308a sends a working signal to the signal processing unit. The signal processing unit reads i = 0 in the signal storage subunit to generate a first control signal. The control signal is transmitted to the controller through the output signal unit, and the controller controls the motor 12a to rotate about the first rotation direction according to the first control signal. In addition, when the controller receives the first control signal, the controller feeds back the first control signal to the counting unit, so that the number counted in the information storage subunit changes from i = 0 to i = 1. When the operation mode selector 301a moves to the second position again, the bypass switch 308a sends a working signal to the signal processing unit. The signal processing unit reads i = 1 to generate a second control signal. The second control signal passes the output signal unit. Transmitted to the controller, the controller controls the motor 12a to rotate in the second rotation direction according to the second control signal, and at the same time, the controller feeds back the second control signal to the information storage subunit, and the number of information storage subunits is changed from i = 1 to i = 0.
当然,在本发明的其他实施方式中,信息存储子单元可以统计模式选择件301a的操作次数(也即模式选择件对触发机构的触发次数),比如奇数次与偶数次等等。奇数次时,输出第一控制信号偶数次时输出第二控制信号。Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the information storage sub-unit may count the operation times of the mode selector 301a (that is, the number of times the mode selector triggers the trigger mechanism), such as odd and even times. For an odd number of times, a second control signal is output for an even number of times.
本申请中,通过信息存储子单元对上一次马达旋转方向信息的存储和记忆实现,实现在下一次夹头调节模式下马达的旋转方向与上一次的旋转方向相反,需要说明的是,信息的存储和记忆功能可能是长期的也可能是短期的。例如,当信息存储以及记忆为长期时不管任何时候下一次夹头调节模式下马达的旋转方向均与上一次的旋转方向相反。当然在其它实施例,信息存储子单元对信心的存储和记忆具有时限性,如只有在上一次夹爪松开或闭合至再下一次夹爪再松开或闭合时间小于预订时间,马达的旋转方向才会与上一次相反。如预定的时间小于5s或10s或其它值。该方式下控制的逻辑可参见图47,具体的,模式选择件被触发,若否,则马达不转动,若是,马达则沿第一方向转动;再次操作模式选择件,判断控制模块是否接收到触发信号,以及是否是在预设时间内操作,若是,马达则沿与上一次相反的第二方向旋转,若控制模块接受到触发信号,但时间超过预设时间,马达则默认沿第一旋转方向进行转动。当然,若是控制模块未接收到触发信号,则马达不转动。In this application, the information storage sub-unit is used to store and memorize the information about the previous rotation direction of the motor, so that in the next chuck adjustment mode, the rotation direction of the motor is opposite to the previous rotation direction. It should be noted that the storage of information And memory function may be long-term or short-term. For example, when the information is stored and memorized for a long time, the rotation direction of the motor in the next chuck adjustment mode is opposite to the previous rotation direction at any time. Of course, in other embodiments, the information storage subunit has a time limit for the storage and memory of confidence. For example, only when the last time the gripper is released or closed until the next time the gripper is released or closed is less than the predetermined time, the rotation of the motor Only in the opposite direction. Such as the predetermined time is less than 5s or 10s or other values. See Figure 47 for the control logic in this mode. Specifically, the mode selector is triggered. If not, the motor does not rotate. If it is, the motor rotates in the first direction. Operate the mode selector again to determine whether the control module has received it. Trigger signal and whether it is operated within a preset time. If it is, the motor rotates in the second direction opposite to the last time. If the control module receives the trigger signal but the time exceeds the preset time, the motor defaults to rotate along the first time. Direction. Of course, if the control module does not receive the trigger signal, the motor does not rotate.
在一实施例中,模式选择件301a为按压式结构。也就是说,模式选择件301a与开关板机均为按压式。操作人员按压模式选择件301a时,模式选择件301a从第一位置运动至第二位置,锁止元件130a将本体151a周向锁定,本体151a不能相对壳体转动。当操作人员松开模式选择件301a,模式选择件301a自动复位,锁止元件130a脱离本体151a,本体151a可以相对壳体转动。当然,在本发明的其他实施方式中模式选择件301a还可以滑动式按钮、拨钮等等。In one embodiment, the mode selector 301a is a push-type structure. In other words, the mode selector 301a and the switchboard are both press-type. When the operator presses the mode selector 301a, the mode selector 301a moves from the first position to the second position, the locking element 130a locks the body 151a circumferentially, and the body 151a cannot rotate relative to the casing. When the operator releases the mode selector 301a, the mode selector 301a is automatically reset, the locking element 130a is disengaged from the body 151a, and the body 151a can rotate relative to the casing. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the mode selector 301a may also be a sliding button, a dial, or the like.
在一实施例中,模式选择件301a设置于开关板机附近。可以理解的,模式 选择件301a可以位于开关板机的上方,可以为正上方,也可以为斜上方。当然,在本发明的其他实施方式中,模式选择件301a还可以位于开关板机的下方或者其他紧邻开关扳机的位置。这样可以保证模式选择件301a位于开关板机附近,操作人员单手握持手柄部时,可以通过握持的一根手指操作模式选择件301a,实现单手操作:同时,另一只手可以扶持工具头(如批头或其他),整个工具头的拆装过程的操控性较好,优化了用户体验。In one embodiment, the mode selector 301a is disposed near the switch. It can be understood that the mode selection member 301a may be located above the switchboard machine, directly above, or diagonally above. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the mode selection member 301a may also be located below the switch trigger or other positions close to the switch trigger. This can ensure that the mode selector 301a is located near the switchboard machine. When the operator holds the handle part with one hand, the mode selector 301a can be operated with one finger to achieve one-handed operation: at the same time, the other hand can be supported For tool heads (such as batch heads or others), the disassembly and assembly process of the entire tool head has better maneuverability and optimizes the user experience.
示例性地,模式选择件301a位于开关板机的上方。当模式选择件301a位于第一位置时,操作者在握持手柄部时能够沿握持手指的弯曲方向按压开关扳机从而使开关扳机向靠近手掌位置移动以启动马达12a。Exemplarily, the mode selector 301a is located above the switchboard machine. When the mode selector 301a is in the first position, the operator can press the switch trigger in the bending direction of the gripping finger while holding the handle portion, so that the switch trigger is moved closer to the palm position to start the motor 12a.
在一实施例中,控制模块66还包括互锁控制单元,当马达12a在模式选择件301a或开关扳机之一的作用下启动后,互锁控制单元使得马达12a不再按照二者之另一的操作进行旋转。也就是说,开关板机与模式操作件中的其中一个与控制模块66导通时,另一个则与控制模块66之前形成短路,无论怎么按压,都不起作用。示例性地,当模式选择件301a控制旁路开关308a导通控制模块66时,互锁单元使得开关板机与控制模块66形成断路,无论怎么按压开关板机,开关板机都不动作。这样可以保证手持式动力工具操作时的安全性。In one embodiment, the control module 66 further includes an interlock control unit. When the motor 12a is activated by one of the mode selector 301a or the switch trigger, the interlock control unit makes the motor 12a no longer follow the other two. Operation for rotation. In other words, when one of the switch board machine and the mode operating member is connected to the control module 66, the other is short-circuited with the control module 66 before, and it does not work no matter how much it is pressed. Exemplarily, when the mode selector 301a controls the bypass switch 308a to turn on the control module 66, the interlocking unit causes the switch board machine and the control module 66 to be disconnected. The switch board machine does not operate no matter how the switch board machine is pressed. This can ensure the safety of the handheld power tool during operation.
需要说明的,控制器具有标志位,当控制器的标志位为N=0时,表示控制器断电,控制器与开关板机及模式操作件之间为断路,控制器不能控制马达12a转动。当控制器的标志位为N=1时,表示控制器通电,控制器与开关扳机或与模式操作件之间为通路,控制器可以控制马达12a转动。并且,当开关板机与模式操作件中的一个与控制器连接为通路后,控制器的标志位由N=0变成N=1,开关板机与模式操作件中的另一个给出开关信号后,由于控制器的标志位为N=1,所以不会对已经接通的回路产生任何影响。也就是说,开关板机与模式操作件其中一个在电力回路时,另一个元件要失效。It should be noted that the controller has a flag bit. When the flag bit of the controller is N = 0, it means that the controller is powered off, and there is a disconnection between the controller and the switch board machine and the mode operating member. The controller cannot control the motor 12a to rotate. . When the flag of the controller is N = 1, it means that the controller is powered on, and the controller is a path between the trigger and the switch or the mode operating member, and the controller can control the motor 12a to rotate. In addition, when one of the switch board machine and the mode operation member is connected to the controller as a path, the controller's flag bit changes from N = 0 to N = 1, and the other switch board machine and the mode operation member give the switch. After the signal, since the flag bit of the controller is N = 1, it will not have any effect on the circuit that is already connected. In other words, when one of the switch board machine and the mode operating member is in the power circuit, the other component will fail.
值得说明的是,本实施例中通过模式选择件301a控制马达12a正转与反转的方式并不局限于本实施例,还可以应用于其他实施例中,比如,只要模式选择件301a在第一位置与第二位置之间的运动是线性运动即可。示例性地,通过模式选择件301a控制马达12a正转与反转的方式还可应用于第三实施例中,只 需要对触发机构进行简单变形即可。It is worth noting that the manner in which the forward rotation and reverse rotation of the motor 12a are controlled by the mode selector 301a in this embodiment is not limited to this embodiment, and can also be applied to other embodiments. For example, as long as the mode selector 301a is The movement between the one position and the second position may be a linear movement. Exemplarily, the method of controlling the forward rotation and reverse rotation of the motor 12a through the mode selector 301a can also be applied to the third embodiment, and only a simple deformation of the trigger mechanism is required.
本发明还提供一种手持式动力工具夹爪152a合拢与张开的操作方法,该控制方法应用于上述任一实施例的手持式动力工具,以控制模式选择件301a自动控制马达12a的转动,以锁紧或者释放。所述控制方法包括如下步骤:The present invention also provides a method for closing and expanding a hand-held power tool gripper 152a. The control method is applied to the hand-held power tool of any of the above embodiments, and the rotation of the motor 12a is automatically controlled by the control mode selector 301a. To lock or release. The control method includes the following steps:
S1:以握持手柄部的手操作模式选择件,使模式选择件从第一位置运动至第二位置;S2:释放模式选择件;S3:再次以握持手柄部的手操作模式选择件使其从第一位置移动至第二位置;S4:释放模式选择件。S1: Operate the mode selector with the hand holding the handle to move the mode selector from the first position to the second position; S2: Release the mode selector; S3: Use the hand to operate the mode selector with the handle again It moves from the first position to the second position; S4: release mode selector.
在上述操作模式选择件从第一位置运动至第二位置之前,还包括将模式选择件从初始位置运动至第一位置。优选地,操作模式选择件从第一位置至第二位置的运动为线性运动,操作模式选择件从初始位置至第一位置的运动为旋转运动。优选地,所述模式选择件从第一位置至第二位置的线性运动的方向为沿马达轴向的第一方向,其中第一方向为远离夹头机构并靠近马达的方向,所述操作模式选择件从初始位置旋转至第一位置为模式选择件绕枢转轴旋转。Before moving the operation mode selector from the first position to the second position, the method further includes moving the mode selector from the initial position to the first position. Preferably, the movement of the operation mode selector from the first position to the second position is a linear movement, and the movement of the operation mode selector from the initial position to the first position is a rotary movement. Preferably, the direction of the linear movement of the mode selector from the first position to the second position is a first direction along the axis of the motor, wherein the first direction is a direction away from the chuck mechanism and close to the motor, the operation mode Rotating the selector from the initial position to the first position rotates the mode selector about the pivot axis.
优选地,在上述步骤S1中,马达沿第一旋转方向进行旋转,在上述步骤S3中,马达沿与第一旋转方向相反的第二旋转方向进行旋转。Preferably, in the above step S1, the motor is rotated in the first rotation direction, and in the above step S3, the motor is rotated in the second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction.
当夹头调节模式下,马达的旋转方向受换向开关控制时,其操作方法如下,S10:以握持所述手柄部的手操作换向开关,使换向开关运动至第一控制位置或第二控制位置;S11:以握持所述手柄部的手操作模式选择件,使模式选择件从第一位置运动至第二位置;S12:释放模式选择件。When the rotation direction of the motor is controlled by the reversing switch in the chuck adjustment mode, the operation method is as follows, S10: Operate the reversing switch with the hand holding the handle portion, and move the reversing switch to the first control position or Second control position; S11: Operate the mode selector with a hand holding the handle portion to move the mode selector from the first position to the second position; S12: Release the mode selector.
参见图57,图57示出了扳机开关、换向开关、控制模块、触发机构、旁路开关的连接关系。电动工具包括两路并列的对马达旋转方向都能进行控制的电路,当所述模式选择件处于第二位置时,所述第一开关触发(旁路开关308a),所述手持式动力工具处于启动夹头调节模式,第一开关触发,启动第一控制电路,控制马达与换向开关无关的按照预设的模式正转或反转;或扳机开关触发,启动第二控制电路,控制马达按照换向开关的换向信号正转或反转。当所述模式选择件处于第一位置时,启动第二控制电路,控制马达按照换向开关的换向信号正转或反转。所述启动第一控制电路,控制马达与换向开关无关的按照预设的模式正转或反转的步骤包括:控制模块判断信号检测模式(也即触发开关) 是否产生触发信号;若是,则控制马达按照预设的第一方向转动,其中第一方向为正转或者反转;第一开关再次触发,判断信号检测模块是否检测到触发信号;若是,则控制马达按照与第一方向相反的第二方向转动。当所述第一开关再次触发,判断信号检测模块是否检测到触发信号的步骤包括:判断第一开关再次触发,信号检测模块检测到触发信号的时间是否满足预设第一时间,若是,则控制马达按照与第一方向相反的第二方向转动。判断信号检测模式是否检测到触发信号;若是,则控制马达按照预设方向即第一方向转动,并修该预设的方向为与第一方向相反的第二方向,其中第一方向为正转或者反转;第一开关再次触发,判断信号检测模块是否检测到触发信号;若是,则控制马达按照预设的第二方向转动,并修改预设的方向为第一方向。扳机开关触发,启动第二控制电路,控制马达按照换向开关的转向信号正转或反转的步骤包括:所述扳机开关触发,启动第二控制电路;控制模块获取换向开关当前的转向信号;控制模块控制马达按照当前的转向信号控制马达正转或反转。当所述第一控制电路启动时,控制马达与换向开关无关的按照预设的模式正转或反转,此时,所述控制模块屏蔽扳机开关的触发信号;当所述第二控制电路启动时,控制马达按照换向开关的位置正转或反转,此时,所述控制模块屏蔽第一开关的触发信号。Referring to FIG. 57, FIG. 57 shows connection relationships of a trigger switch, a reversing switch, a control module, a trigger mechanism, and a bypass switch. The power tool includes two parallel circuits that can control the direction of rotation of the motor. When the mode selector is in the second position, the first switch is triggered (bypass switch 308a), and the hand-held power tool is in the When the chuck adjustment mode is activated, the first switch is triggered to start the first control circuit to control the motor to rotate forward or reverse in a preset mode regardless of the reversing switch; or the trigger switch is triggered to start the second control circuit and control the motor in accordance with The reversing signal of the reversing switch is forward or reverse. When the mode selector is in the first position, the second control circuit is activated to control the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to the reversing signal of the reversing switch. The step of starting the first control circuit to control the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to a preset mode regardless of the reversing switch includes: the control module determines whether the signal detection mode (ie, the trigger switch) generates a trigger signal; if yes, then The control motor rotates according to a preset first direction, where the first direction is forward or reverse; the first switch is triggered again to determine whether the signal detection module detects a trigger signal; if so, the control motor rotates in a direction opposite to the first direction Turn in the second direction. When the first switch is triggered again, determining whether the signal detection module detects the trigger signal includes: determining whether the first switch is triggered again, and whether the time when the signal detection module detects the trigger signal satisfies a preset first time, and if so, controls The motor rotates in a second direction opposite to the first direction. Determine whether a trigger signal is detected in the signal detection mode; if so, control the motor to rotate in a preset direction, that is, the first direction, and modify the preset direction to a second direction opposite to the first direction, where the first direction is a forward rotation Or reverse; the first switch is triggered again to determine whether the signal detection module detects the trigger signal; if so, the motor is controlled to rotate according to a preset second direction, and the preset direction is changed to the first direction. The trigger switch is triggered to start the second control circuit, and the step of controlling the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to the turning signal of the reversing switch includes: the trigger switch is triggered to start the second control circuit; the control module obtains the current turning signal of the reversing switch. ; The control module controls the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to the current steering signal. When the first control circuit starts, the control motor rotates forward or reverse according to a preset mode regardless of the reversing switch. At this time, the control module shields the trigger signal of the trigger switch; when the second control circuit When starting, the control motor rotates forward or reverse according to the position of the reversing switch. At this time, the control module shields the trigger signal of the first switch.
操作者控制手持式动力工具的夹爪152a合拢或者张开时,操作模式选择件301a从第一位置运动至第二位置,使手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,信号检测模块能够产生触发信号并将触发信号传递给控制模块66。控制模块66接收触发信号后,能够对触发信号根据旋转方向进行处理,以使得马达12a按预设的第一旋转方向旋转,此时,马达12a可以通过输出齿圈1582带动螺母套154a相对于夹爪152a转动,实现夹爪152a合拢或张开中的一个动作,比如,夹爪152a合拢以锁紧工具头。When the operator controls the gripper 152a of the hand-held power tool to close or open, the operation mode selector 301a moves from the first position to the second position, so that the hand-held power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode. The signal detection module can generate a trigger signal and The trigger signal is passed to the control module 66. After receiving the trigger signal, the control module 66 can process the trigger signal according to the rotation direction, so that the motor 12a rotates according to the preset first rotation direction. At this time, the motor 12a can drive the nut sleeve 154a relative to the clamp through the output ring gear 1582. The claw 152a rotates to realize one action of closing or expanding the clamping jaw 152a, for example, closing the clamping jaw 152a to lock the tool head.
再次操作模式选择件301a从第一位置运动至第二位置,使手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,信号检测模块能够产生触发信号并将触发信号传递给控制模块66。控制模块66接收触发信号后,能够对触发信号根据旋转方向进行处理,以使得马达12a按预设的第二旋转方向旋转,此时,马达12a可以通过输出齿圈 1582带动螺母套154a相对于夹爪152a转动,实现夹爪152a合拢或张开中的另一个动作,比如,夹爪152a张开以释放工具头。The operation mode selector 301 a is moved from the first position to the second position again, so that the hand-held power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode. The signal detection module can generate a trigger signal and transmit the trigger signal to the control module 66. After receiving the trigger signal, the control module 66 can process the trigger signal according to the rotation direction, so that the motor 12a rotates according to the preset second rotation direction. At this time, the motor 12a can drive the nut sleeve 154a relative to the clamp through the output ring gear 1582. The claw 152a is rotated to realize another action of closing or expanding the clamping claw 152a, for example, the clamping claw 152a is opened to release the tool head.
在一实施例中,信号检测模块包括旁路开关308a,信号检测模块产生触发信号并输出至控制模块66的步骤包括:操作模式选择件301a至夹头调节模式使旁路开关308a闭合,旁路开关308a输出高电平信号至控制模块66。In one embodiment, the signal detection module includes a bypass switch 308a, and the steps of the signal detection module generating a trigger signal and outputting the trigger signal to the control module 66 include: operating mode selector 301a to the chuck adjustment mode to close the bypass switch 308a, bypass The switch 308 a outputs a high-level signal to the control module 66.
操作者操作模式选择件301a后,模式选择件301a运动并使得手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,模式选择件301a能够通过开关触发件306a触发旁路开关308a闭合,以使旁路开关308a闭合,进而与控制模块66导通,此时,旁路开关308a可以输出工作信号给控制器,并使控制模块66控制马达12a按预定方向旋转转动。可以理解的,这里的工作信号即为上述的触发信号,可选的,工作信号为高电平信号。After the operator operates the mode selector 301a, the mode selector 301a moves and puts the hand-held power tool in the chuck adjustment mode. The mode selector 301a can trigger the bypass switch 308a to be closed by the switch trigger 306a to close the bypass switch 308a. Then, it is connected to the control module 66. At this time, the bypass switch 308a can output a working signal to the controller, and the control module 66 controls the motor 12a to rotate in a predetermined direction. It can be understood that the working signal here is the trigger signal described above. Optionally, the working signal is a high-level signal.
在一实施例中,所述操作模式选择件301a至夹头调节模式使旁路开关308a闭合,旁路开关308a输出高电平信号至控制模块66之后还包括以下步骤:所述操作模式选择件301a在模式复位元件的作用下复位使旁路开关308a断开,旁路开关308a无法输出高电平信号。In an embodiment, the operation mode selector 301a to the chuck adjustment mode causes the bypass switch 308a to be closed. After the bypass switch 308a outputs a high-level signal to the control module 66, the method further includes the following steps: the operation mode selector 301a resets under the action of the mode reset element to turn off the bypass switch 308a, and the bypass switch 308a cannot output a high-level signal.
当夹爪152a的合拢与张开操作完成后,模式选择件301a在模式复位元件从第二位置回到第一位置,此时,旁路开关308a与控制器形成断路,旁路开关308a无法输出工作信号,进而控制模块66不能控制马达12a转动。After the closing and opening operation of the gripper 152a is completed, the mode selector 301a returns from the second position to the first position at the mode reset element. At this time, the bypass switch 308a forms a disconnection with the controller, and the bypass switch 308a cannot output. The operation signal, and thus the control module 66 cannot control the motor 12a to rotate.
第五实施方式Fifth Embodiment
图43-图53为本发明第五实施例的螺丝批10b的示意图,螺丝批10b包括机壳、马达12b、用于供电的电池、传动机构以及夹头组件,夹头组件包括夹头壳体(前壳体)1104b以及至少部分位于夹头壳体1104b内的输出装置15b。具体而言,机壳包括呈水平方向延伸的后壳体1103b以及与后壳体1103b固定连接的用于形成握持手柄的手柄壳体1102b,夹头壳体1104b(前壳体)与后壳体1103b对接形成沿水平方向延伸的主壳体,主壳体形成至少收容部分输出装置15b的收容腔。43-53 are schematic diagrams of a screwdriver 10b according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention. The screwdriver 10b includes a casing, a motor 12b, a battery for power supply, a transmission mechanism, and a chuck assembly. The chuck assembly includes a chuck housing. (Front case) 1104b and output device 15b located at least partially within the chuck case 1104b. Specifically, the cabinet includes a rear case 1103b extending horizontally, a handle case 1102b for forming a holding handle fixedly connected to the rear case 1103b, a chuck case 1104b (front case), and a rear case. The body 1103b is abutted to form a main casing extending in the horizontal direction, and the main casing forms a receiving cavity for receiving at least a part of the output device 15b.
马达12b设置于所述机壳内,并输出旋转动力。输出装置15b包括输出轴150b,输出轴150b上设有用于收容工具头的收容孔1500b。传动机构位于马达 12b和输出装置15b之间以将马达12b的旋转动力传递至输出装置15b。模式选择机构用于将螺丝批10b至少在钻孔模式或夹头调节模式之间切换。The motor 12b is disposed in the casing and outputs rotational power. The output device 15b includes an output shaft 150b, and the output shaft 150b is provided with a receiving hole 1500b for receiving a tool head. The transmission mechanism is located between the motor 12b and the output device 15b to transmit the rotational power of the motor 12b to the output device 15b. The mode selection mechanism is used to switch the screwdriver 10b at least between the drilling mode or the chuck adjustment mode.
参见图43-图44所示,输出轴150b包括本体151b、围绕收容孔1500b设置用以夹持工具头的夹爪(图未示)以及设置于本体151b上用以容置所述夹爪的夹槽153b,输出装置15a还包括输出行星轮1581b、位于输出行星轮1581b外侧的输出齿圈1582b以及设于本体151b外侧能够相对于本体151b和夹爪转动以锁紧或打开夹爪的调整件,与上述实施例基本相同,调整件包括螺母套154b,螺母套154b的内周壁上设有内螺纹(图中未示出),夹爪面向内螺纹的侧面上设有外螺纹,当螺母套154b相对于夹爪转动时,内螺纹与外螺纹之间的相互作用使得夹爪进行打开或闭合的动作。传动机构设有用于带动输出行星轮1581b转动的输出太阳轮1583b。As shown in FIGS. 43-44, the output shaft 150b includes a main body 151b, a clamping jaw (not shown) provided around the receiving hole 1500b to hold the tool head, and a clamping force provided on the body 151b to receive the clamping jaw. The clamping slot 153b, the output device 15a further includes an output planetary gear 1581b, an output ring gear 1582b located outside the output planetary gear 1581b, and an adjusting member provided outside the body 151b and capable of rotating relative to the body 151b and the clamping jaw to lock or open the clamping jaw It is basically the same as the above embodiment. The adjusting member includes a nut sleeve 154b. The inner wall of the nut sleeve 154b is provided with an internal thread (not shown in the figure). The side of the jaw facing the internal thread is provided with an external thread. When 154b rotates relative to the clamping jaw, the interaction between the internal thread and the external thread causes the clamping jaw to open or close. The transmission mechanism is provided with an output sun gear 1583b for driving the output planet gear 1581b to rotate.
参见图43-图50所示,模式选择机构包括在模式选择件301b的作用下沿马达轴轴向运动能够连接输出齿圈1582b和调整件的连接件420b以及能够选择性地阻止输出齿圈1582b或本体151b转动的锁止元件130b。锁止元件130b相对于机壳不可转动地设置。其中,当处于钻孔模式时(参图43-图46),锁止元件130b与本体151b分离,并与输出齿圈1582b连接以阻止输出齿圈1582b周向转动,且输出齿圈1582b和调整件之间的动力在连接件420b的作用下断开传递,从而本体151b和夹爪能够在马达12b的驱动下旋转以带动工具头执行工作;当螺丝批10b由钻孔模式切换至夹头调节模式时(参图47-图50),锁止元件130b与本体151b连接并与输出齿圈1582b脱离以阻止本体151b周向转动并解除对输出齿圈1582b的周向限定,且输出齿圈1582b和调整件在连接件420b的作用下连接,从而输出齿圈1582b能够在马达12b的作用下带动调整件相对于本体151b以及夹爪转动以实现夹爪的打开或闭合。因此,与上述的第一实施例相同,本实施例中的锁止元件130b既包括用于锁定本体151b的本体锁又包括用于锁定输出齿圈1582b的内齿圈锁,换句话说,用于锁定本体151b的本体锁与用于锁定输出齿圈1582b的内齿圈锁不可分离地连接或一体成型,与上述的第一实施例不同的是,本实施例通过设置连接件420b使得autochuck模式下,输出齿圈1582b和调整件旋转方向上连接,但在drill模式下,输出齿圈1582b和调整 件在旋转方向上断开连接,而非通过轴向移动输出齿圈1582b来实现。As shown in FIGS. 43 to 50, the mode selection mechanism includes a connection member 420 b capable of connecting the output ring gear 1582 b and the adjustment member under the action of the mode selector 301 b along the motor shaft axially, and can selectively prevent the output ring gear 1582 b. Or the locking element 130b of the body 151b is rotated. The locking element 130b is provided non-rotatably with respect to the casing. Among them, when in the drilling mode (see FIGS. 43-46), the locking element 130b is separated from the body 151b and connected to the output ring gear 1582b to prevent the output ring gear 1582b from rotating in the circumferential direction, and the output ring gear 1582b and the adjustment The power between the pieces is disconnected and transmitted under the action of the connecting piece 420b, so that the body 151b and the clamping jaw can be rotated by the motor 12b to drive the tool head to perform the work; when the screwdriver 10b is switched from the drilling mode to the chuck adjustment In the mode (refer to FIGS. 47 to 50), the locking element 130b is connected to the body 151b and disengaged from the output ring gear 1582b to prevent the body 151b from rotating in the circumferential direction and release the circumferential limitation of the output ring gear 1582b, and the output ring gear 1582b The adjustment member is connected under the action of the connecting member 420b, so that the output ring gear 1582b can drive the adjustment member to rotate relative to the body 151b and the clamping jaw to realize the opening or closing of the clamping jaw under the action of the motor 12b. Therefore, as with the first embodiment described above, the locking element 130b in this embodiment includes both a body lock for locking the body 151b and an internal ring gear lock for locking the output ring gear 1582b. In other words, the The main body lock of the locking body 151b and the inner ring gear lock for locking the output ring gear 1582b are inseparably connected or integrally formed. Unlike the first embodiment described above, this embodiment enables the autochuck mode by providing a connecting member 420b. The output ring gear 1582b is connected in the rotation direction of the adjusting member, but in the drill mode, the output ring gear 1582b and the adjusting member are disconnected in the rotating direction, instead of being realized by axially moving the output ring gear 1582b.
请参看图51,模式选择机构包括可滑动地设置于机壳的支架140、第一推杆组件451b及模式连接件302b。支架140包括沿马达轴轴向延伸的第一滑动段1401及与第一滑动段1401垂直设置的第二滑动段1403。模式连接件302b位于第二滑动段1403与第一推杆组件451b之间,并与第一推杆组件451b联动,以将模式选择件301b的运动传递至第一推杆组件451b,实现手持式动力工具的模式切换。Referring to FIG. 51, the mode selection mechanism includes a bracket 140 slidably disposed on the casing, a first push rod assembly 451b, and a mode connection member 302b. The bracket 140 includes a first sliding section 1401 extending along the axial direction of the motor shaft and a second sliding section 1403 disposed perpendicularly to the first sliding section 1401. The mode connection piece 302b is located between the second sliding section 1403 and the first putter assembly 451b, and is linked with the first putter assembly 451b to transmit the movement of the mode selection member 301b to the first putter assembly 451b to realize a handheld type Power tool mode switch.
可以理解的,模式连接件302b能够相对于支架在第一操作位置与第二操作位置之间转动。当模式连接件302b转动至处于第一操作位置后,可以按压模式连接件302b并带动支架140运动,以通过锁止锁止元件对本体进行周向锁定,实现手持式动力工具的模式切换。当旋转扳动件处于第二操作位置,模式连接件302b处于自由状态,并可相对于支架140转动。操作人员操作模式连接件302b时,无法带动支架140运动。It can be understood that the mode connection member 302b can be rotated relative to the bracket between the first operation position and the second operation position. After the mode connection piece 302b is rotated to the first operation position, the mode connection piece 302b can be pressed and the bracket 140 can be moved to lock the body circumferentially by locking the locking element, thereby realizing the mode switching of the hand-held power tool. When the rotary trigger is in the second operation position, the mode connection member 302b is in a free state and can be rotated relative to the bracket 140. When the operator operates the mode connector 302b, the bracket 140 cannot be moved.
值得说明的是,模式连接件302b在第一操作位置时,模式连接件302b运动至极限位置,操作模式连接件302b可以带动支架140同步运动。并且,模式连接件302b只能在第一操作位置与第二操作位置之间转动。当模式连接件302b在第二操作位置时,由于模式连接件302b向第一操作位置处运动没有限制,所以操作人员的手触及模式连接件302b后,模式连接件302b会相对于支架140转动。因此,当需要进行模式切换时,可以将模式连接件302b转动至第一操作位置,模式切换完成后,再将模式连接件302b从第一操作位置旋转回第二操作位置。It is worth noting that when the mode connection piece 302b is in the first operation position, the mode connection piece 302b moves to the extreme position, and the operation mode connection piece 302b can drive the bracket 140 to move synchronously. In addition, the mode connector 302b can only rotate between the first operation position and the second operation position. When the mode connection member 302b is in the second operation position, since the movement of the mode connection member 302b to the first operation position is not restricted, after the operator touches the mode connection member 302b, the mode connection member 302b will rotate relative to the bracket 140. Therefore, when a mode switch is required, the mode connector 302b can be rotated to the first operation position, and after the mode switch is completed, the mode connector 302b is rotated from the first operation position back to the second operation position.
设置模式连接件302b后,可以方便操作人员识别drill模式或auto chuck模式的控制按钮。具体的,手持式动力工具处于drill模式时,操作人员需要操作开关板机。若操作人员触碰到模式连接件302b时,模式连接件302b会相对于支架140转动,操作人员可以清楚的知悉手指的操作位置放错了,需要重新调整。当手持式动力工具需要切换至auto chuck模式时,操作人员的手指与模式连接件302b接触,模式连接件302b从第二操作位置运动至第一操作位置,然后在按压模式连接件302b,以通过模式连接件302b带动支架140从第一位置运动 至第二位置。After setting the mode connector 302b, it is convenient for the operator to identify the control buttons in the drill mode or the autochuck mode. Specifically, when the hand-held power tool is in a drill mode, the operator needs to operate the switchboard machine. If the operator touches the mode connector 302b, the mode connector 302b will rotate relative to the bracket 140, and the operator can clearly know that the operation position of the finger is misplaced and needs to be adjusted again. When the hand-held power tool needs to be switched to the autochuck mode, the operator's finger contacts the mode connector 302b, the mode connector 302b moves from the second operation position to the first operation position, and then presses the mode connector 302b to pass The mode connector 302b drives the bracket 140 to move from the first position to the second position.
并且,模式连接件302b可以增加模式选择件的操作面积,在方便操作人员操作模式选择件的同时,还可以避免操作人员按错操作键。比如当模式选择件与开关板机都为按压模式时,由于模式连接件302b的设置,操作人员可以清楚的知悉是否按错按键。In addition, the mode connection member 302b can increase the operating area of the mode selection member, while facilitating the operator to operate the mode selection member, it can also prevent the operator from pressing the wrong operation key. For example, when the mode selector and the switch board are in the pressing mode, the operator can clearly know whether the wrong button is pressed due to the setting of the mode connection member 302b.
示例性地,第一操作位置为竖直位置,第二操作位置为倾斜位置,且旋转板动件的尾端朝向远离第一操作位置的方向倾斜。当然,在本发明的其他实施方式中,第一操作位置与第二操位置也可为其他易于上文提及的位置。Exemplarily, the first operation position is a vertical position, the second operation position is an inclined position, and the rear end of the rotary plate moving member is inclined toward a direction away from the first operation position. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the first operation position and the second operation position may also be other positions that are easily mentioned above.
在本具体实施例中,支架140的第二滑动段1403呈背向第一滑动段1401的U字型,第一推杆组件451b配接于第二滑动段1403的开口端,模式连接件302b为开口朝向第一推杆组件451b的U字型弹性钢丝,并在外力作用下带动第一推杆组件451b联动锁止元件130b及连接件420b。In this specific embodiment, the second sliding section 1403 of the bracket 140 is U-shaped facing away from the first sliding section 1401, the first pusher assembly 451b is connected to the open end of the second sliding section 1403, and the pattern connector 302b It is a U-shaped elastic steel wire whose opening faces the first push rod assembly 451b, and drives the first push rod assembly 451b to interlock the locking element 130b and the connecting member 420b under the action of an external force.
第一推杆组件451b包括第一连杆4513b及用于为第一连杆4513b,第一连杆4513b的一端模式连接件302b相连,另一端共同与锁止元件130b及连接件420b连接,以带动锁止元件130b及连接件402b同步轴向前后移动。The first push rod assembly 451b includes a first connecting rod 4513b and a first connecting rod 4513b. One end of the first connecting rod 4513b is connected to the mode connecting piece 302b, and the other end is connected to the locking element 130b and the connecting piece 420b in common. The locking element 130b and the connecting member 402b are driven to move forward and backward simultaneously in the axial direction.
与第四实施例相同,请参看图43-图46,当螺丝批10b处于drill模式下,锁止元件130b与本体151b上的啮合齿(图中未标示)脱开啮合,并与输出齿圈1582b的啮合齿部分(图中未标示)进行啮合,输出齿圈1582b相对于机壳固定;同时,连接件420b与输出齿圈1582b脱开啮合。Same as the fourth embodiment, please refer to FIGS. 43-46. When the screwdriver 10b is in the drill mode, the locking element 130b is disengaged from the engaging teeth (not shown in the figure) on the body 151b and is engaged with the output ring gear. The engaging tooth portion (not shown) of 1582b is engaged, and the output ring gear 1582b is fixed relative to the casing; at the same time, the connecting member 420b is disengaged from the output ring gear 1582b.
请参看图47-图48,当螺丝批10b由drill模式切换至auto chuck模式过程中,锁止元件130b以及连接件420b在第一连杆4513b的作用下轴向向后移动,锁止元件130b与输出齿圈1582b脱开连接后,继续移动与本体151b上的啮合齿啮合,相应地,连接件420b与输出齿圈1582b的啮合齿部分进行啮合。Please refer to FIGS. 47-48. When the screwdriver 10b is switched from the drill mode to the autochuck mode, the locking element 130b and the connecting member 420b move axially backwards under the action of the first link 4513b, and the locking element 130b After being disconnected from the output ring gear 1582b, it continues to move to engage with the meshing teeth on the body 151b. Accordingly, the connecting member 420b meshes with the meshing tooth portion of the output ring gear 1582b.
需要说明的是,为了避免锁止元件130b还未脱开输出齿圈1582b时,连接件420b与输出齿圈1582b啮合出现马达12b堵转现象,本实施例中,优选地,连接件420b和输出齿圈1582b之间的轴向间距d1大于等于输出齿圈1582b的轴向长度L1。优选地,本实施例中连接件420b和输出齿圈1582b之间的轴向间距d1大于等于输出齿圈1582a的轴向长度L1在一种实施例中理解为,连接件 420b靠近输出齿圈1582b的侧面至锁止元件130b靠近输出齿圈1582b的侧面之间的距离为d1,输出齿圈1582b轴向上两个侧端面之间的距离为L1(图中未标示),d1大于等于L1。其中,d1大于等于L1是为了避免锁止元件130b还未脱开输出齿圈1582b时,连接件420b与输出齿圈1582b啮合出现马达12b堵转现象,可以理解地,在其它实施例中,连接件420b和输出齿圈1582b之间的轴向间距d1大于等于输出齿圈1582a的轴向长度L1还可以理解成,连接件420d和锁止元件130d之间的轴向间距使得输出齿圈1582d的啮合齿不会同时与连接件420d上的啮合齿以及锁止元件130d的啮合齿同时啮合。It should be noted that in order to prevent the motor 12b from stalling when the connecting member 420b meshes with the output ring gear 1582b before the locking element 130b has disengaged the output ring gear 1582b, in this embodiment, preferably, the connecting member 420b and the output The axial distance d1 between the ring gears 1582b is greater than or equal to the axial length L1 of the output ring gear 1582b. Preferably, in this embodiment, the axial distance d1 between the connecting member 420b and the output ring gear 1582b is greater than or equal to the axial length L1 of the output ring gear 1582a. In one embodiment, it is understood that the connecting member 420b is close to the output ring gear 1582b. The distance from the side of the locking element 130b to the side of the output ring gear 1582b close to the output ring gear 1582b is d1, and the distance between the two side end surfaces of the output ring gear 1582b in the axial direction is L1 (not shown in the figure), and d1 is greater than or equal to L1. Among them, d1 is greater than or equal to L1 to prevent the motor 12b from stalling when the connecting member 420b meshes with the output ring gear 1582b before the locking element 130b has disengaged from the output ring gear 1582b. It can be understood that in other embodiments, the connection The axial distance d1 between the element 420b and the output ring gear 1582b is greater than or equal to the axial length L1 of the output ring gear 1582a. The axial distance between the connecting member 420d and the locking element 130d can make the output ring gear 1582d The meshing teeth will not simultaneously mesh with the meshing teeth on the connecting member 420d and the meshing teeth of the locking element 130d.
请参看图49-图50,当螺丝批10a切换至auto chuck模式时,锁止元件130a与输出齿圈1582a的啮合齿脱开啮合并与本体151a上的啮合齿进行啮合,本体151a在旋转方向上被锁定,同时连接件420a既连接输出齿圈1582a又连接第一离合件21a,从而调整件能够相对于本体转动以实现夹爪的打开或闭合。Please refer to FIGS. 49 to 50. When the screwdriver 10a is switched to the autochuck mode, the locking element 130a is disengaged from the meshing teeth of the output ring gear 1582a and meshes with the meshing teeth on the body 151a, and the body 151a is in the rotation direction. The upper part is locked, and at the same time, the connecting member 420a is connected to both the output ring gear 1582a and the first clutch member 21a, so that the adjusting member can be rotated relative to the body to open or close the jaw.
请重新参看图43-图50螺丝批10b还包括位于调整件和输出齿圈1582b之间用以在auto chuck模式下且夹爪打开或闭合后用以断开输出齿圈1582b和调整件之间扭矩传递的离合机构20b,离合机构20b包括能够与输出齿圈1582b转动连接的第一离合件21b,以及与调整件转动连接且可相对于调整件轴向移动的第二离合件22b,以及离合弹性件23b。本实施例中,离合弹性件23b位于第二离合件22b和夹头壳体1104b(前壳体)之间,当夹爪夹紧或完全打开后,第二离合件22b压缩离合弹性件23b,第二离合件22b轴向向前移动,第一离合件21b与第二离合件22b脱开,输出齿圈1582b不再将扭矩传递至调整件(螺母套154a)。优选地,第一离合件21b为套设于本体151b外周的卡环,卡环上设有轴向延伸的离合齿槽(图未示,具体可参图31),连接件420b上设有与离合齿槽配合的连接齿牙(图未示,具体可参图31)。本实施例中,连接件420b与第一离合件21b常啮合,也即连接齿牙始终位于离合齿槽内,并通过连接齿牙在离合齿槽内轴向后移动,也即轴向向靠近输出齿圈1582b方向移动,从而实现将第一离合件21b与输出齿圈1582b的连接。当然,可以理解地,在其他实施例中离合结构20b还可以为其他设置方式,如离合弹性件23b位于第一离合件21b和壳体11b之间,当夹爪夹紧或完全打开后,第一离合件21b压缩离合弹性 件23a,第一离合件21b轴向移动,第一离合件21b与第二离合件22b脱开,输出齿圈1582b不再将扭矩传递至螺母套154b。Please refer to Figure 43-Figure 50 again. The screwdriver 10b also includes between the adjustment member and the output ring gear 1582b for disconnecting between the output ring gear 1582b and the adjustment member in auto chuck mode and the jaws are opened or closed. A clutch mechanism 20b for torque transmission. The clutch mechanism 20b includes a first clutch member 21b that can be rotatably connected to the output ring gear 1582b, a second clutch member 22b that is rotatably connected to the adjustment member and can move axially relative to the adjustment member, and a clutch. The elastic member 23b. In this embodiment, the clutch elastic member 23b is located between the second clutch member 22b and the chuck housing 1104b (front housing). When the jaw is clamped or fully opened, the second clutch member 22b compresses the clutch elastic member 23b. The second clutch member 22b moves forward in the axial direction, the first clutch member 21b is disengaged from the second clutch member 22b, and the output ring gear 1582b no longer transmits torque to the adjusting member (nut sleeve 154a). Preferably, the first clutch member 21b is a snap ring sleeved on the outer periphery of the body 151b. The snap ring is provided with an axially extending clutch tooth groove (not shown in the figure, see FIG. 31 for details). Coupling connecting teeth (not shown in the figure, see FIG. 31 for details). In this embodiment, the connecting member 420b and the first clutch 21b are always engaged, that is, the connecting teeth are always located in the clutch slot, and the connecting teeth are moved axially backward in the clutch slot, that is, approaching axially. The output ring gear 1582b moves in the direction, so that the first clutch 21b and the output ring gear 1582b are connected. Of course, it can be understood that in other embodiments, the clutch structure 20b can also be provided in other ways, such as the clutch elastic member 23b is located between the first clutch member 21b and the housing 11b. After the clamping jaws are clamped or fully opened, the first A clutch member 21b compresses the clutch elastic member 23a, the first clutch member 21b moves axially, the first clutch member 21b is disengaged from the second clutch member 22b, and the output ring gear 1582b no longer transmits torque to the nut sleeve 154b.
请参看图43-图50,模式选择机构还包括相对机壳能够在第一位置和第二位置之间运动的模式选择件301b,当模式选择件301b处于第一位置时,手持式动力工具10b处于钻孔模式;当模式选择件301b处于第二位置时,手持动力工具10b处于夹头调节模式;当模式选择件301b由第一位置向第二位置运动时,模式选择件301b向远离第一端(输出轴150b沿轴向具有设有收容孔1500b的一端)的方向运动。本实施例中,模式选择件301b在第一位置与第二位置之间的运动是沿马达轴轴向的运动,即模式选择件301b沿主壳体1101的前后方向在第一位置与第二位置之间运动。Please refer to FIGS. 43 to 50. The mode selection mechanism further includes a mode selection member 301b capable of moving between the first position and the second position relative to the casing. When the mode selection member 301b is in the first position, the handheld power tool 10b In the drilling mode; when the mode selector 301b is in the second position, the handheld power tool 10b is in the chuck adjustment mode; when the mode selector 301b is moved from the first position to the second position, the mode selector 301b is away from the first The end (the output shaft 150b has an end provided with a receiving hole 1500b in the axial direction) is moved. In this embodiment, the movement of the mode selection member 301b between the first position and the second position is an axial movement along the motor shaft, that is, the mode selection member 301b moves in the first position and the second position along the front-rear direction of the main housing 1101. Between positions.
请一并参看图51,模式选择件301b枢转于第一滑动段1401未连接第二滑动段1403的一端,并外露于手柄部外且所述模式选择件紧邻设置于手柄部的用于控制马达12b的开关扳机设置,以能够相对于支架140在初始位置与第一位置之间转动。具体地,模式选择件301b和主体部之一设置有卡块3010,二者之另一设置有卡槽(图未示)。Please refer to FIG. 51 together. The mode selector 301b is pivoted to an end of the first sliding section 1401 that is not connected to the second sliding section 1403, and is exposed outside the handle portion. The switch trigger of the motor 12b is provided to be able to rotate relative to the bracket 140 between the initial position and the first position. Specifically, one of the mode selector 301b and the main body portion is provided with a clamping block 3010, and the other of the two is provided with a card slot (not shown).
请继续参看图43-图50,当模式选择件301b位于初始位置时,卡块3010与卡槽配接,模式选择件301b相对于机壳锁定,而无法相对支架140枢转,避免模式选择件301b因意外触碰被轻易启动。当模式选择件301b由初始位置切换至第一位置时,卡块3010脱离卡槽的限制,此时模式选择件301b可在外力作用下被正常启动,以于第一位置与第二位置之间运动,实现可操作地使手持式动力工具至少在钻孔模式和夹头调节模式之间切换。Please continue to refer to FIGS. 43 to 50. When the mode selection member 301b is located at the initial position, the clamping block 3010 is mated with the card slot, and the mode selection member 301b is locked with respect to the casing, but cannot be pivoted with respect to the bracket 140 to avoid the mode selection member 301b was easily activated by accidental touch. When the mode selection member 301b is switched from the initial position to the first position, the clamping block 3010 is released from the restriction of the card slot. At this time, the mode selection member 301b can be normally activated under the external force, so as to be between the first position and the second position. The movement enables the hand-held power tool to be operatively switched between at least a drilling mode and a chuck adjustment mode.
模式选择机构还包括第一复位弹性件(图未示),第一复位弹性件可形变地连接于支架140与机壳之间,用于当手持式动力工具由drill模式切换到auto chuck模式时,第一复位弹性件储能;而当手持式动力工具由auto chuck模式切换到drill模式时,第一复位弹性件释放能量,驱动模式选择件301b由第二位置运动至第一位置,而完成手持式动力工具drill模式的切换。The mode selection mechanism further includes a first resetting elastic member (not shown). The first resetting elastic member is deformably connected between the bracket 140 and the casing, and is used when the hand-held power tool is switched from the drill mode to the autochuck mode. The first reset elastic member stores energy; and when the hand-held power tool is switched from the automatic mode to the drill mode, the first reset elastic member releases energy, and the driving mode selection member 301b is moved from the second position to the first position to complete Switching of hand-held power tool drill mode.
具体地,模式选择件301b在外力作用下由第一位置至第二位置运动时,第一滑动段1401及第二滑动段1403被同步且同向联动(即向后运动),以驱动第 一连杆4513b带动锁止元件130b及连接件420b轴向向后运动。此时,第一复位弹性件储能,锁止元件130b与本体151b在旋转方向连接,本体151b被锁定,同时连接件420b轴向向后移动后与输出齿圈1582b连接,螺丝批切换至auto chuck模式。Specifically, when the mode selector 301b moves from the first position to the second position under the action of an external force, the first sliding section 1401 and the second sliding section 1403 are synchronized and linked in the same direction (that is, backward movement) to drive the first The connecting rod 4513b drives the locking element 130b and the connecting member 420b to move axially backward. At this time, the first resetting elastic member stores energy, the locking element 130b is connected with the body 151b in the rotation direction, the body 151b is locked, and the connecting member 420b is axially moved backward and connected with the output ring gear 1582b. The screwdriver is switched to auto chuck mode.
当外力消失时,第一复位弹性件释放能量,支架140在弹性力作用下由后向前运动,驱动模式选择件301b在弹性力作用下由第二位置至第一位置运动时,并带动第一连杆4513b带动锁止元件130b及连接件420b轴向向前运动。此时,连接件420b位于输出齿圈1582b远离马达12b的一侧且与调整件无相对转动地连接,锁止元件130b位于第二锁位置,锁止元件130b通过轴向移动解除对本体151b的周向锁定并对输出齿圈1582b进行周向锁定,同时连接件420b断开输出齿圈1582b和调整件之间的连接,输出行星轮1581b能够带动本体151b以及位于本体151b内的夹爪一起转动。When the external force disappears, the first resetting elastic member releases energy, the bracket 140 moves from back to front under the action of the elastic force, and the driving mode selection member 301b moves from the second position to the first position under the action of the elastic force, and drives the first A connecting rod 4513b drives the locking element 130b and the connecting member 420b to move forward in the axial direction. At this time, the connecting member 420b is located on the side of the output ring gear 1582b away from the motor 12b and is connected with the adjusting member without relative rotation. The locking element 130b is located in the second locking position. The locking element 130b releases the body 151b by axial movement. Circumferentially lock and circumferentially lock the output ring gear 1582b. At the same time, the connecting member 420b disconnects the connection between the output ring gear 1582b and the adjusting member. The output planetary gear 1581b can drive the body 151b and the clamping jaws located in the body 151b to rotate together. .
传动机构位于马达12b和输出装置15b之间,传动机构包括可轴移动的变速齿圈以使传动机构输出至少两种不同的第一传动比和第二传动比,手持式动力工具至少具有与第一传动比对应的低速位及与第二传动比对应的高速位。The transmission mechanism is located between the motor 12b and the output device 15b. The transmission mechanism includes a speed-shiftable ring gear that is movable by the shaft so that the transmission mechanism outputs at least two different first and second transmission ratios. The handheld power tool has at least a A low speed position corresponding to one transmission ratio and a high speed position corresponding to a second transmission ratio.
与上述第一是实施的传动机构设置方式相同,本实施例中,传动机构为行星齿轮减速机构13b,其中行星齿轮减速机构13b优选为二级行星齿轮减速机构,包括靠近电机的第一级行星轮系、靠近输出装置15b的第二级行星轮系。第一级行星轮系131b包括固定于马达轴121b上的第一太阳轮1310b、与第一太阳轮1310b啮合且设置于第一太阳轮1310b外周的第一行星轮1311b,与第一行星轮1311b啮合的第一内齿圈1312b以及用于支撑第一行星轮1311b的第一行星架1313b,第二级行星轮系132b包括固定设置于第一行星架1313b上的第二太阳轮1320b、与第二太阳轮1320b啮合的第二行星轮1321b、与第二行星轮1321b啮合的第二内齿圈1322b以及用于支撑第二行星轮1321b的第二行星架1323b。第二内齿圈1322b(即相当于本实施例中的变速齿圈)相对于机壳能够沿121b在靠近电机的第一变速位置和远离马达的第二变速位置之间移动。当第二内齿圈1322b位于第一变速位置时,第二内齿圈1322b可转动的设置于机壳,且第二内齿圈1322b与第一行星架1313b和第二行星轮1321b同时啮合,因此, 第一行星架1313b、第二行星轮1321b、第二内齿圈1322b一起转动,第二级行星轮系132b无减速输出,也即第二行星架1323b与第一行星架1313b转速相同,第二行星架1323b输出高速。当第二内齿圈1322b位于第二变速位置时,第二内齿圈1322b周向不可转动的固定于后壳体110b,且第二内齿圈1322b在轴向移动的过程中与第一行星架1313b脱开啮合但第二内齿圈1322b仍与第二行星轮1321b啮合,以使第二行星架1323b相对于第一行星架1313b呈预设的减速传动比输出,第二行星架1323b输出低速。同时,当模式选择件301b由第一位置至第二位置的运动能够带动第二内齿圈1322b(即变速齿圈)运动至第一变速位置。The transmission mechanism is the same as the first implementation. In this embodiment, the transmission mechanism is a planetary gear reduction mechanism 13b. The planetary gear reduction mechanism 13b is preferably a two-stage planetary gear reduction mechanism, including a first-stage planet close to the motor. Gear train, second stage planetary gear train near the output device 15b. The first stage planetary gear train 131b includes a first sun gear 1310b fixed to a motor shaft 121b, a first planet gear 1311b meshed with the first sun gear 1310b and disposed on the outer periphery of the first sun gear 1310b, and a first planet gear 1311b. The meshed first ring gear 1312b and the first planet carrier 1313b for supporting the first planet gear 1311b. The second-stage planetary gear train 132b includes a second sun gear 1320b fixedly disposed on the first planet carrier 1313b, and A second planetary gear 1321b meshed by the two sun gears 1320b, a second ring gear 1322b meshed with the second planetary gear 1321b, and a second planet carrier 1323b for supporting the second planetary gear 1321b. The second ring gear 1322b (that is, equivalent to the shifting ring gear in this embodiment) can move between the first shifting position near the motor and the second shifting position away from the motor along the 121b with respect to the casing. When the second ring gear 1322b is in the first shifting position, the second ring gear 1322b is rotatably disposed in the casing, and the second ring gear 1322b meshes with the first planet carrier 1313b and the second planet gear 1321b at the same time. Therefore, the first planet carrier 1313b, the second planet gear 1321b, and the second ring gear 1322b rotate together, and the second stage planetary gear train 132b has no deceleration output, that is, the second planet carrier 1323b has the same rotation speed as the first planet carrier 1313b. The second planet carrier 1323b outputs high speed. When the second ring gear 1322b is located in the second shifting position, the second ring gear 1322b is fixed to the rear case 110b in a non-rotatable manner in the circumferential direction, and the second ring gear 1322b is in contact with the first planet during the axial movement. The carrier 1313b is disengaged but the second ring gear 1322b is still engaged with the second planetary gear 1321b, so that the second planetary carrier 1323b outputs a predetermined reduction gear ratio relative to the first planetary carrier 1313b, and the second planetary carrier 1323b outputs Low speed. At the same time, when the mode selector 301b is moved from the first position to the second position, the second ring gear 1322b (that is, the speed change ring gear) can be moved to the first speed change position.
请参看图51-图53,本实施例揭示了模式选择件301b由第一位置切换至第二位置时(即手持式动力工具由钻头模式切换至夹头调节模式),模式选择件301b能够联动第二内齿圈1322b同步切换至第二变速位置(即低速位置);且同时当模式选择件301b回复至第一位置时,速度选择件1450在第二复位弹性件1451的弹性力作用下带动第二内齿圈1322b回复至第一变速位置(即高速位置)。如此,保证在drill模式时,高低速的切换不受影响;当处于auto chuck模式时,强制使手持式动力工具处于低速运转状态,而且当回复到drill模式时,不影响原始高低速档位。Please refer to FIGS. 51-53. This embodiment discloses that when the mode selector 301b is switched from the first position to the second position (that is, the hand-held power tool is switched from the drill mode to the chuck adjustment mode), the mode selector 301b can be linked. The second ring gear 1322b switches to the second shift position (ie, the low speed position) synchronously; and at the same time, when the mode selection member 301b returns to the first position, the speed selection member 1450 is driven by the elastic force of the second reset elastic member 1451. The second ring gear 1322b returns to the first shift position (ie, the high-speed position). In this way, it is guaranteed that in the drill mode, the high and low speed switching is not affected; when in the auto mode, the handheld power tool is forced to run at a low speed, and when it returns to the drill mode, the original high and low speed gears are not affected.
具体地,手持式动力工具还包括与变速齿圈(即本实施例中第二齿圈1322b)连接以带动变速齿圈在第一、第二变速位置运动的速度选择件1450、位于机壳和速度选择件1450之间的第二复位弹性件1451(请参看图45)、主切换件1452以及辅助切换件1453。Specifically, the hand-held power tool further includes a speed selection member 1450 connected to the shifting ring gear (that is, the second ring gear 1322b in this embodiment) to drive the shifting ring gear to move in the first and second shifting positions. The second resetting elastic member 1451 (see FIG. 45), the main switching member 1452 and the auxiliary switching member 1453 between the speed selection members 1450.
速度选择件1450活动配接于机壳上,并可在外力作用下相对机壳沿马达轴的轴向运动。主切换件1452相对机壳绕一轴线可转动,并传动连接于速度选择件1450与变速齿圈之间,用于响应速度选择件1450的移动将手持式动力工具至少在低速位与高速位之间切换。辅助切换件1453的一端与速度选择件1450连接,另一端与第一连杆4513b可分离地抵接,以实现在auto chuck模式强制使手持式动力工具处于低速运转状态,而且当回复到drill模式时,不影响原始高低速档位。The speed selection member 1450 is movably connected to the casing, and can move relative to the casing along the axial direction of the motor shaft under the action of an external force. The main switching member 1452 is rotatable about an axis with respect to the casing, and is drivingly connected between the speed selecting member 1450 and the variable speed ring gear. The main switching member 1452 is used to respond to the movement of the speed selecting member 1450 to place the handheld power tool at least in the low speed and high speed positions. Switch. One end of the auxiliary switching member 1453 is connected to the speed selection member 1450, and the other end is detachably abutted with the first link 4513b, so as to realize that the hand-held power tool is forced to be in a low-speed operation state in the autochuck mode, and when it returns to the drill mode It does not affect the original high and low speed gears.
速度选择件1450包括拨钮本体14501及拨钮14502,拨钮本体14501大体呈方形板状,其沿速度选择件1450的移动方向布置两个装配位14503,主切换件1452与辅助切换件1453沿速度选择件1450由高速位移动至低速位的方向依次配接装配位14503内。拨钮14502包括钮体14502a及凸设于钮体14502a面向拨钮本体14501表面的凸起14502b,凸起14502b卡嵌于主切换件14502所在的装配位14503内。当拨扭14502从后向前移动时,通过凸起14502b抵住主切换件14502来移动拨扭本体14501,移动到位后,凸起14502b依然可限位主切换件14502,以防止其错误移动,且拨钮14502在移动到位后能够通过与机壳卡接等方式相对于机壳固定以完成动力工具的速度切换。The speed selector 1450 includes a dial body 14501 and a dial 14502. The dial body 14501 is generally a square plate. Two assembly positions 14503 are arranged along the moving direction of the speed selector 1450. The main switch 1452 and the auxiliary switch 1453 follow The speed selection member 1450 moves from the high-speed position to the low-speed position in the assembly position 14503 in sequence. The button 14502 includes a button body 14502a and a protrusion 14502b protruding from the surface of the button body 14502a facing the button body 14501. The protrusion 14502b is embedded in the assembly position 14503 where the main switch 14502 is located. When the knob 14502 is moved from the back to the front, the knob body 14501 is moved by the protrusion 14502b against the main switch 14502. After the knob 14502b is moved in place, the protrusion 14502b can still limit the main switch 14502 to prevent its erroneous movement. In addition, after the dial 14502 is moved into position, it can be fixed relative to the casing by means such as being engaged with the casing to complete the speed switching of the power tool.
第二弹性元件1451设置于拨扭本体14501与机壳(具体指齿轮箱壳体)之间,用于为速度选择件1450提供由低速位回位至高速位移动的回复力。The second elastic element 1451 is disposed between the torsion body 14501 and the casing (specifically, the gear box casing), and is used to provide the speed selecting member 1450 with a restoring force for moving from a low speed position to a high speed position.
主切换件1452包括分别位于自身与机壳枢接点两侧的第一自由端14521与第二自由端14522。第一自由端14521与速度选择件1450连接,第二自由端14522与变速齿圈连接;且第一自由端14521与第二自由端14522在外力作用下绕枢接点朝相反的方向转动。The main switching member 1452 includes a first free end 14521 and a second free end 14522 which are respectively located on both sides of the pivot connection point between the main switch and the casing. The first free end 14521 is connected to the speed selection member 1450, and the second free end 14522 is connected to the speed change ring gear; and the first free end 14521 and the second free end 14522 rotate in opposite directions around the pivot point under the effect of external force.
具体地,第一自由端14521大体呈弧形结构,其卡嵌于其中一个装配位14503内。第二自由端14522由第一自由端14521的末端以相向的方式弯折形成,并勾设于变速齿圈上,以在外力作用下驱动变速齿圈于第一变速位置与第二变速位置之间切换。Specifically, the first free end 14521 has a substantially arc-shaped structure, and is snapped into one of the assembling positions 14503. The second free end 14522 is formed by bending the ends of the first free end 14521 in an opposite manner, and is hooked on the shifting ring gear to drive the shifting ring gear between the first shifting position and the second shifting position under an external force. Switch.
辅助切换件1453包括分别位于自身与机壳枢接点两侧的第三自由端14531与第四自由端14532。第三自由端14531与速度选择件1450连接,第四自由端14532与第一连杆4513b可分离地抵接;且第三自由端14531与第四自由端14532在外力作用下绕枢接点朝相反的方向转动。The auxiliary switching member 1453 includes a third free end 14531 and a fourth free end 14532 respectively located on both sides of the pivot contact point between the auxiliary switch and the casing. The third free end 14531 is connected to the speed selection member 1450, the fourth free end 14532 and the first link 4513b are separably abutted; and the third free end 14531 and the fourth free end 14532 are opposite to each other about the pivot contact point under the action of an external force Direction of rotation.
具体地,第三自由端14531大体呈弧形结构,其卡嵌于其中一个装配位14503内。第四自由端14532由第三自由端14531的末端以相背离的方式弯折形成,并位于第一连杆4513b沿马达轴轴向移动的移动路径上。Specifically, the third free end 14531 has a substantially arc-shaped structure, and is snapped into one of the assembling positions 14503. The fourth free end 14532 is formed by bending the ends of the third free end 14531 away from each other, and is located on a moving path where the first link 4513b moves axially along the motor shaft.
优选地,主切换件1452与辅助切换件1453以相互平行的方式枢接于机壳上,即主切换件1452中第一自由端14521与辅助切换件1453中第三自由端14531 位于枢接点相同的一侧,主切换件1452中第二自由端14522与辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532位于枢接点相同的另一侧。Preferably, the main switching member 1452 and the auxiliary switching member 1453 are pivotally connected to the chassis in a parallel manner, that is, the first free end 14521 in the main switching member 1452 and the third free end 14531 in the auxiliary switching member 1453 are located at the same pivot point. On one side, the second free end 14522 in the main switching member 1452 and the fourth free end 14532 in the auxiliary switching member 1453 are located on the same side of the pivot point.
请参看图43-图46,当手持式动力工具处于drill低速档时,速度选择件1450位于前部,主切换件1452中第一自由端14521及辅助切换件1453中第三自由端14531均位于各自枢接点靠近第一连杆4513b的一侧,而主切换件1452中第二自由端14522及辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532均位于各自枢接点远离第一连杆4513b的一侧。此时,辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532与第一连杆4513b的末端之间间隔一定距离。Please refer to FIGS. 43-46. When the hand-held power tool is in the low speed of the drill, the speed selection member 1450 is located at the front, the first free end 14521 in the main switching member 1452 and the third free end 14531 in the auxiliary switching member 1453 are located. The respective pivot points are close to the side of the first link 4513b, and the second free end 14522 in the main switching member 1452 and the fourth free end 14532 in the auxiliary switching member 1453 are located on the side of the respective pivot points away from the first link 4513b. At this time, the distance between the fourth free end 14532 and the end of the first link 4513b in the auxiliary switching member 1453 is a certain distance.
当手持式动力工具由drill低速档切换到auto chuck模式时,按压模式选择件301b,带动第一连杆4513b向后移动至与辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532抵接,使得速度选择件1450无法在外力作用下由低速位切换至高速位,保证auto chuck模式下,始终保持原始低速档。When the hand-held power tool is switched from the drill low speed to the autochuck mode, pressing the mode selector 301b causes the first link 4513b to move backward to abut the fourth free end 14532 of the auxiliary switch 1453, making the speed selector 1450 can't switch from low speed to high speed under the action of external force, to ensure that the original low speed is always maintained in auto chuck mode.
当松开模式选择件301b时,手持式动力工具由auto chuck模式通过第一复位弹性件回复到drill的模式,第一连杆4513b的末端向远离辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532的方向复位,并与辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532之间间隔一定距离。此时,可通过操作速度选择件1450驱动主切换件1452带动变速齿圈于高低速档位之间自由切换。When the mode selector 301b is released, the hand-held power tool returns to the drill mode from the autochuck mode through the first reset elastic member, and the end of the first link 4513b is away from the fourth free end 14532 of the auxiliary switching member 1453. It is reset and spaced a certain distance from the fourth free end 14532 in the auxiliary switching member 1453. At this time, the main switching member 1452 can be driven by operating the speed selection member 1450 to drive the gear ring gear to freely switch between high and low speed gears.
请参看图47-图48,当由drill的高速档向auto chuck模式切换时,速度选择件1450位于后部,主切换件1452中第一自由端14521及辅助切换件1453中第三自由端14531均位于各自枢接点远离第一连杆4513b的一侧,而主切换件1452中第二自由端14522及辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532均位于各自枢接点靠近第一连杆4513b的一侧。由于辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532位于第一连杆4513b由前向后运动的移动路径上,按压模式选择件301b时,带动第一连杆4513b向后移动,第一连杆4513b将抵住辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532向后移动,辅助切换件1453中第四自由端14532通过枢转从而带动速度选择件1450向前移动,进而迫使主切换件1452将变速齿圈由第一变速位置(高速位)移动至第二变速位置(低速位),保证auto chuck模式下,始终保持低速档。Please refer to FIGS. 47-48. When the high speed of the drill is switched to the autochuck mode, the speed selector 1450 is located at the rear, the first free end 14521 in the main switch 1452 and the third free end 14531 in the auxiliary switch 1453. Both are located on the side of each pivot point away from the first link 4513b, while the second free end 14522 in the main switching member 1452 and the fourth free end 14532 in the auxiliary switching member 1453 are located on a side of the respective pivot contact near the first link 4513b side. Because the fourth free end 14532 of the auxiliary switching member 1453 is located on the moving path of the first link 4513b moving from front to back, when the mode selector 301b is pressed, the first link 4513b is moved backward, and the first link 4513b will The fourth free end 14532 in the auxiliary switching member 1453 moves backward, and the fourth free end 14532 in the auxiliary switching member 1453 pivots to drive the speed selection member 1450 forward, thereby forcing the main switching member 1452 to shift the gear ring gear from The first shift position (high speed position) is moved to the second shift position (low speed position) to ensure that the low speed position is always maintained in the auto chuck mode.
松开模式选择件301b时,手持式动力工具由auto chuck模式通过第一复位弹性件回复到drill的模式,脱离第一连杆4513b抵接的速度选择件1450在第二复位弹性件1451作用下回复到高速状态,从而不改变drill状态下的原始高速档位。When the mode selector 301b is released, the hand-held power tool is returned to the drill mode by the first reset elastic member from the autochuck mode, and the speed selector 1450 abutted by the first connecting rod 4513b is under the action of the second reset elastic member 1451. Return to the high speed state, so that the original high speed gear in the drill state is not changed.
通过上述方案的设计,可保证在drill时高低速的切换不受影响,当处于auto chuck模式时,强制使手持式动力工具处于低速运转状态,而且当回复到drill模式时,不影响原始高低速档位。Through the design of the above scheme, it can be ensured that the high and low speed switching is not affected during the drilling. When in the autochuck mode, the handheld power tool is forced to run at low speed, and when it returns to the drill mode, the original high and low speed is not affected. Gear.
从上述对不同实施例的描述来看,本发明中离合机构与所述夹爪沿驱动轴的轴向至少部分重叠,需要说明的是,当夹爪进行合拢或张开时,夹爪能够在沿驱动轴轴向远离马达的前端位置(如图5)和靠近马达的后端位置(如图4)之间移动,本本发明所说的沿驱动轴轴向与夹爪的重叠或部分重叠,指的是在前端位置或后端位置中任意一位置的重叠。From the above description of different embodiments, the clutch mechanism and the clamping jaw in the present invention at least partially overlap along the axial direction of the driving shaft. It should be noted that when the clamping jaw is closed or opened, the clamping jaw can be driven along the driving axis. The shaft moves axially away from the front end position of the motor (as shown in FIG. 5) and near the rear end position of the motor (as shown in FIG. 4). In the present invention, the overlap or partial overlap with the clamping jaw along the axial direction of the drive shaft refers to It overlaps at any of the front end position and the rear end position.
以上所述实施例的各技术特征可以进行任意的组合,为使描述简洁,未对上述实施例中的各个技术特征所有可能的组合都进行描述,然而,只要这些技术特征的组合不存在矛盾,都应当认为是本说明书的记载范围。The technical features of the embodiments described above can be arbitrarily combined. In order to simplify the description, all possible combinations of the technical features in the above embodiments have not been described. However, as long as there is no contradiction in the combination of these technical features, Should be considered as the scope of the description of this specification.
以上所述实施例仅表达了本发明的几种实施方式,其描述较为具体和详细,但并不能因此而理解为对本发明专利范围的限制。应当指出的是,对于本领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本发明构思的前提下,还可以做出若干变形和改进,这些都属于本发明的保护范围。因此,本发明专利的保护范围应以所附权利要求为准。The above-mentioned embodiments only express several implementation manners of the present invention, and their descriptions are more specific and detailed, but they cannot be understood as limiting the scope of the patent of the present invention. It should be noted that, for those of ordinary skill in the art, without departing from the concept of the present invention, several modifications and improvements can be made, which all belong to the protection scope of the present invention. Therefore, the protection scope of the invention patent shall be subject to the appended claims.

Claims (44)

  1. 一种手持式动力工具,包括:A hand-held power tool includes:
    具有手柄部的机壳;A case with a handle portion;
    设置于所述机壳的马达;A motor provided in the casing;
    夹头机构,包括本体、相对于所述本体活动设置的多个夹爪以及与多个所述夹爪螺纹连接的调整件,所述调整件与所述本体相对运动能够驱动多个夹爪合拢或张开以锁紧或释放工具头;A chuck mechanism includes a main body, a plurality of clamping jaws movably disposed relative to the main body, and an adjusting member that is threadedly connected to the plurality of clamping jaws. The relative movement of the adjusting member and the main body can drive the plurality of clamping jaws to close together. Or open to lock or release the tool head;
    传动机构,能够将所述马达的动力输出至所述夹头机构;A transmission mechanism capable of outputting the power of the motor to the chuck mechanism;
    模式选择机构,用于可操作地使所述手持式动力工具至少在钻孔模式和夹头调节模式之间切换,当所述手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式时,所述马达能够驱动所述本体、所述夹爪以及所述调整件一起旋转;当所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式时,所述调整件与所述本体其中之一能够相对于两者之另一旋转以使多个所述夹爪相对所述本体合拢或张开;其特征在于:所述模式选择机构包括相对所述机壳能够在第一位置和第二位置之间运动的模式选择件,当所述模式选择件处于所述第一位置时,所述手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式;当所述模式选择件处于所述第二位置时,所述手持动力工具处于夹头调节模式;所述手持式动力工具还包括控制模块,用于在所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式下响应所述模式选择件的运动,并控制所述马达沿预定方向转动,以实现所述夹爪的打开或合拢。A mode selection mechanism for operatively switching the handheld power tool between at least a drilling mode and a chuck adjustment mode; when the handheld power tool is in a drilling mode, the motor can drive the The main body, the clamping jaw, and the adjustment member rotate together; when the hand-held power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode, one of the adjustment member and the body can rotate relative to the other of the two to enable A plurality of the clamping jaws are closed or opened relative to the body; the mode selection mechanism includes a mode selection member capable of moving between a first position and a second position with respect to the casing. When the mode selector is in the first position, the handheld power tool is in a drilling mode; when the mode selector is in the second position, the handheld power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode; the handheld The power tool further includes a control module for responding to the movement of the mode selector when the hand-held power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode, and controlling the motor to rotate in a predetermined direction. To effect opening of the jaws or closed.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,当所述手持式动力工具切换至夹头调节模式,所述控制模块能够响应所述模式选择件的运动并控制所述马达沿第一旋转方向旋转,且当所述手持式动力工具再次切换至夹头调节模式,所述控制模块能够响应所述模式选择件的运动并控制马达沿与所述第一旋转方向相反的第二旋转方向旋转,以使得所述模式选择件的交替操作能够实现所述夹爪的交替打开与闭合。The hand-held power tool according to claim 1, wherein when the hand-held power tool is switched to a chuck adjustment mode, the control module is capable of responding to the movement of the mode selector and controlling the motor along the first When the hand-held power tool is switched to the chuck adjustment mode again, the control module can respond to the movement of the mode selector and control the motor to rotate in a second rotation opposite to the first rotation direction. The direction is rotated, so that the alternate operation of the mode selector can realize the alternate opening and closing of the clamping jaws.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择件邻近所述手柄部设置,当操作者握持所述手柄部时,所述操作者能够以握持所述手柄部的手同时操作所述模式选择件。The hand-held power tool according to claim 1, wherein the mode selection member is disposed adjacent to the handle portion, and when the operator holds the handle portion, the operator can hold the handle by The hands of the parts operate the mode selector at the same time.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择件在所述第一位置与所述第二位置之间的运动是线性运动。The hand-held power tool according to claim 1, wherein the movement of the mode selector between the first position and the second position is a linear motion.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述夹头机构远离所述马达的一端为所述夹头机构的第一端,当所述模式选择件由所述第一位置向所述第二位置运动时,所述模式选择件向远离所述第一端并靠近马达的方向运动。The hand-held power tool according to claim 4, wherein an end of the chuck mechanism away from the motor is a first end of the chuck mechanism, and when the mode selector is moved from the first position When moving to the second position, the mode selector moves in a direction away from the first end and closer to the motor.
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述手持式动力工具包括触发机构,当操作模式选择件并使得所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,所述触发机构能够响应模式选择件的操作并使所述控制模块控制所述马达按预定的旋转方向进行旋转。The hand-held power tool according to claim 2, wherein the hand-held power tool includes a trigger mechanism, and when the mode selection member is operated and the hand-held power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode, the trigger mechanism is capable of In response to the operation of the mode selector, the control module controls the motor to rotate in a predetermined rotation direction.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述触发机构包括能够在模式选择件的作用下运动的开关触发件以及旁路开关,当所述模式选择件运动并使得所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,所述模式选择件能够通过所述开关触发件触发所述旁路开关闭合,以使所述旁路开关与所述控制模块导通,并使所述控制模块控制所述马达按预定方向旋转转动。The hand-held power tool according to claim 6, wherein the trigger mechanism comprises a switch trigger and a bypass switch capable of moving under the action of a mode selector, and when the mode selector moves and causes the The hand-held power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode, and the mode selector can trigger the bypass switch to be closed by the switch trigger, so as to conduct the bypass switch to the control module and enable the control The module controls the motor to rotate in a predetermined direction.
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述触发机构包括信号检测模块,所述信号检测模块与所述控制模块电性连接,当所述模式选择件运动并使得手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式,所述信号检测模块能够产生触发信号并将所述触发信号传递给所述控制模块,所述控制模块控制所述马达按预定的旋转方向进行转动。The handheld power tool according to claim 6, wherein the trigger mechanism comprises a signal detection module, and the signal detection module is electrically connected to the control module, and when the mode selector moves and makes the handheld The power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode. The signal detection module can generate a trigger signal and transmit the trigger signal to the control module. The control module controls the motor to rotate in a predetermined rotation direction.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述手持式动力工具还包括供电电源,所述信号检测模块包括与所述供电电源电性连接的第一触发件以及与所述控制模块电性连接的第二触发元件,当所述模式选择件沿所述第一位置运动至所述第二位置时,所述第一触发件或所述第二触发件在所述模式选择件的作用下运动并使得所述第一触发件与所述第二触发件电性连接,所述信号检测模块产生高电平信号并传递给所述控制模块以使所述控制模块控制所述马达按预定旋转方向进行转动。The hand-held power tool according to claim 8, wherein the hand-held power tool further comprises a power supply source, and the signal detection module includes a first trigger member electrically connected to the power supply source and the power source A second trigger element electrically connected to the control module, when the mode selection element moves along the first position to the second position, the first trigger element or the second trigger element selects in the mode And the first trigger is electrically connected to the second trigger, and the signal detection module generates a high-level signal and transmits it to the control module to enable the control module to control the The motor rotates in a predetermined rotation direction.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9任一项所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述 控制模块包括信号处理单元以及用于控制所述马达转动的控制器,所述信号处理单元用于接收信号检测模块的触发信号并根据马达在上一次夹头调节模式下的旋转方向处理信号并输出至所述控制器,所述控制器控制马达沿与上一次夹头调节模式下相反的方向进行旋转。The handheld power tool according to any one of claims 8 or 9, wherein the control module includes a signal processing unit and a controller for controlling the rotation of the motor, and the signal processing unit is configured to receive a signal The trigger signal of the detection module detects the signal according to the rotation direction of the motor in the last chuck adjustment mode and outputs the signal to the controller. The controller controls the motor to rotate in a direction opposite to that in the last chuck adjustment mode.
  11. 根据权利要求1至9任一项所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述机壳还包括收容所述马达且沿马达轴向延伸的主体部,所述手柄部与所述主体部呈角度设置,所述动力工具还包括设置于所述手柄部的开关扳机,当手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式,操作者在握持所述手柄部时能够沿握持手指的弯曲方向按压所述开关扳机从而使所述开关扳机向靠近手掌位置移动以启动所述马达。The hand-held power tool according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the casing further comprises a main body portion that houses the motor and extends in the axial direction of the motor, and the handle portion and the main body portion Set at an angle, the power tool further includes a switch trigger provided on the handle portion. When the hand-held power tool is in a drilling mode, an operator can press the finger in the bending direction of the holding finger while holding the handle portion. Switching the trigger thereby moves the switch trigger closer to the palm position to activate the motor.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述控制模块还包括互锁控制单元,当所述马达在所述模式选择件或所述开关扳机之一的作用下启动后,所述互锁控制单元使得所述马达不再按照二者之另一的操作进行旋转。The hand-held power tool according to claim 11, wherein the control module further comprises an interlocking control unit, and when the motor is started under the action of one of the mode selector or the switch trigger, The interlocking control unit makes the motor no longer rotate according to the other two operations.
  13. 根据权利要求1至9任一项所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择件在第一位置与第二位置之间的运动是沿所述马达的轴向运动。The hand-held power tool according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the movement of the mode selector between the first position and the second position is an axial movement of the motor.
  14. 根据权利要求1至9任一项所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择机构还包括与所述模式选择件弹性抵接的模式复位元件,所述模式选择件可操作地克服所述模式复位元件的作用力从第一位置运动至第二位置,并能够在所述模式复位元件的弹性力作用下从第二位置回复至第一位置。The hand-held power tool according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the mode selection mechanism further comprises a mode resetting element elastically abutting the mode selection element, and the mode selection element is operable It overcomes the force of the mode resetting element to move from the first position to the second position, and can recover from the second position to the first position under the action of the elastic force of the mode resetting element.
  15. 根据权利要求11所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择机构包括可滑动地设置于所述机壳的支架,所述模式选择件枢转地设置于所述支架并能够相对于所述支架在初始位置与第一位置之间转动,所述初始位置相对于所述第一位置靠近所述本体并远离所述开关扳机。The hand-held power tool according to claim 11, wherein the mode selection mechanism includes a bracket slidably disposed on the casing, and the mode selection member is pivotally disposed on the bracket and can be opposite to each other. As the bracket rotates between an initial position and a first position, the initial position is close to the body and away from the switch trigger relative to the first position.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择件和机壳之间还设置有旋转复位件,所述模式选择件可操作地克服所述模式复位元件的作用力从初始位置运动至第一位置,并能够在旋转复位件的作用下从第一位置回复至初始位置。The hand-held power tool according to claim 15, wherein a rotation resetting member is further provided between the mode selecting member and the casing, and the mode selecting member is operable to overcome a force of the mode resetting member. It moves from the initial position to the first position, and can return to the initial position from the first position under the action of the rotating reset member.
  17. 根据权利要求1至9任一项所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择机构还包括能够在所述模式选择件的作用下沿所述马达轴轴向运动的连接件和锁止元件,所述锁止元件不可转动地相对于所述机壳设置;The hand-held power tool according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the mode selection mechanism further comprises a connecting member capable of axially moving along the motor shaft under the action of the mode selection member and A locking element, which is arranged non-rotatably with respect to the casing;
    当手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式时,所述锁止元件将所述本体相对所述机壳锁定,所述连接件在旋转方向上连接所述调整件和马达轴,且所述控制模块控制所述马达旋转并通过所述马达将动力传递至所述调整件,从而使所述调整件能够相对于所述本体以及所述夹爪转动;When the hand-held power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode, the locking element locks the body relative to the casing, the connection member connects the adjustment member and the motor shaft in a rotation direction, and the control module Controlling the motor to rotate and transmitting power to the adjusting member through the motor, so that the adjusting member can rotate relative to the body and the clamping claw;
    当手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式时,所述锁止元件与所述本体分离,所述连接件断开所述马达轴与所述调整件之间的动力传递,所述本体在所述马达启动后能够由所述马达轴驱动从而带动所述夹爪所述调整件旋转。When the hand-held power tool is in a drilling mode, the locking element is separated from the body, and the connecting member disconnects power transmission between the motor shaft and the adjusting member, and the body is in the motor After starting, it can be driven by the motor shaft to drive the clamping jaw and the adjusting member to rotate.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,当手持式动力工具通过模式选择件在钻孔模式和夹头调节模式之间切换时,所述连接件和所述锁止元件在所述模式选择件的作用下同步运动。The hand-held power tool according to claim 17, wherein when the hand-held power tool is switched between the drilling mode and the chuck adjustment mode by a mode selection member, the connecting member and the locking element are at The mode selector moves synchronously.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述连接件和所述锁止元件的运动方向与所述模式选择件的运动方向同向。The hand-held power tool according to claim 17, wherein the moving direction of the connecting member and the locking element is the same as the moving direction of the mode selecting member.
  20. 一种手持式动力工具的操作方法,应用于如权利要求1所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述操作方法包括如下步骤:A method for operating a handheld power tool, which is applied to the handheld power tool according to claim 1, wherein the operation method includes the following steps:
    S1:以握持手柄部的手操作模式选择件,使模式选择件从第一位置运动至第二位置;S1: Operate the mode selector with the hand holding the handle portion, and move the mode selector from the first position to the second position;
    S2:释放模式选择件。S2: Release mode selector.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的操作方法,其特征在于,The operation method according to claim 20, wherein:
    S3:再次以握持手柄部的手操作模式选择件使其从第一位置移动至第二位置;S3: once again select the hand operation mode selector holding the handle to move it from the first position to the second position;
    S4:释放模式选择件。S4: Release mode selector.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的操作方法,其特征在于,在上述操作模式选择件从第一位置运动至第二位置之前,还包括将模式选择件从初始位置运动至第一位置。The operation method according to claim 20 or 21, before the operation mode selection member is moved from the first position to the second position, further comprising moving the mode selection member from the initial position to the first position.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的操作方法,其特征在于,操作模式选择件从第 一位置至第二位置的运动为线性运动,操作模式选择件从初始位置至第一位置的运动为旋转运动。The operation method according to claim 22, wherein the motion of the operation mode selector from the first position to the second position is a linear motion, and the motion of the operation mode selector from the initial position to the first position is a rotational motion.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的操作方法,其特征在于,所述模式选择件从第一位置至第二位置的线性运动的方向为沿马达轴向的第一方向,其中第一方向为远离夹头机构并靠近马达的方向,所述操作模式选择件从初始位置旋转至第一位置为模式选择件绕枢转轴旋转。The operating method according to claim 23, wherein the direction of the linear movement of the mode selector from the first position to the second position is a first direction along the motor axis, wherein the first direction is away from the chuck The mechanism is close to the direction of the motor, and when the operation mode selection member is rotated from the initial position to the first position, the mode selection member is rotated about a pivot axis.
  25. 根据权利要求21所述的操作方法,其特征在于,在上述步骤S1中,马达沿第一旋转方向进行旋转,在上述步骤S3中,马达沿与第一旋转方向相反的第二旋转方向进行旋转。The operating method according to claim 21, wherein in the step S1, the motor rotates in a first rotation direction, and in the step S3, the motor rotates in a second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction .
  26. 一种手持式动力工具的操作方法,应用于如权利要求1所述的手持式动力工具,所述手持式动力工具包括用于控制马达转向的换向开关,所述换向开关具有第一控制位置和第二控制位置,其特征在于,所述控制方法包括如下步骤:A method for operating a hand-held power tool, which is applied to the hand-held power tool according to claim 1, wherein the hand-held power tool includes a reversing switch for controlling motor steering, and the reversing switch has a first control The position and the second control position, wherein the control method includes the following steps:
    S10:以握持所述手柄部的手操作换向开关,使换向开关运动至第一控制位置或第二控制位置;S10: Operate the reversing switch with a hand holding the handle portion, and move the reversing switch to the first control position or the second control position;
    S11:以握持所述手柄部的手操作模式选择件,使模式选择件从第一位置运动至第二位置;S11: Operate the mode selector with a hand holding the handle portion, and move the mode selector from the first position to the second position;
    S12:释放模式选择件。S12: Release mode selector.
  27. 一种手持式动力工具的控制方法,应用于如权利要求1所述的手持式动力工具,所述手持式工具包括用于启动钻孔模式的扳机开关,控制电机进行正转和反转换向的换向开关,其特征在于,当所述模式选择件处于第二位置时,所述第一开关触发,所述手持式动力工具处于启动夹头调节模式,所述控制方法包括:A control method of a hand-held power tool, which is applied to the hand-held power tool according to claim 1, the hand-held tool includes a trigger switch for starting a drilling mode, and controls a motor to perform forward and reverse direction The reversing switch is characterized in that when the mode selector is in the second position, the first switch is triggered, the hand-held power tool is in a start-up chuck adjustment mode, and the control method includes:
    第一开关触发,启动第一控制电路,控制模块控制马达与换向开关无关的按照预设的模式正转或反转;或The first switch is triggered to start the first control circuit, and the control module controls the motor to rotate forward or reverse in a preset mode regardless of the reversing switch; or
    扳机开关触发,启动第二控制电路,控制模块控制马达按照换向开关的换向信号正转或反转。The trigger switch is triggered to start the second control circuit, and the control module controls the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to the reversing signal of the reversing switch.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的控制方法,其特征在于,所述控制方法还包括, 当所述模式选择件处于第一位置时,启动第二控制电路,控制马达按照换向开关的换向信号正转或反转。The control method according to claim 27, wherein the control method further comprises: when the mode selector is in the first position, activating a second control circuit, and controlling the motor to be positive according to a commutation signal of a commutation switch. Turn or reverse.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的控制方法,其特征在于,所述启动第一控制电路,控制模块控制马达与换向开关无关的按照预设的模式正转或反转的步骤包括:The control method according to claim 27, wherein the step of starting the first control circuit and controlling the motor to rotate forward or reverse in a preset mode irrespective of the commutation switch comprises:
    判断信号检测模式是否产生触发信号;Determine whether the signal detection mode generates a trigger signal;
    若是,则控制模块控制马达按照预设的第一方向转动,其中第一方向为正转或者反转;If yes, the control module controls the motor to rotate according to a preset first direction, where the first direction is forward rotation or reverse rotation;
    第一开关再次触发,判断信号检测模块是否检测到触发信号;The first switch is triggered again to determine whether the signal detection module detects a trigger signal;
    若是,则控制马达按照与第一方向相反的第二方向转动。If so, the control motor is rotated in a second direction opposite to the first direction.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的控制方法,其特征在于,所述第一开关再次触发,判断信号检测模块是否产生触发信号的步骤包括:The control method according to claim 29, wherein the step of triggering the first switch again and determining whether the signal detection module generates a trigger signal comprises:
    判断第一开关再次触发,控制模块检测到触发信号的时间是否满足预设第一时间,若是,则控制马达按照与第一方向相反的第二方向转动。It is determined whether the first switch is triggered again, and the control module detects whether the time of the trigger signal meets the preset first time, and if so, controls the motor to rotate in a second direction opposite to the first direction.
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的控制方法,其特征在于,所述控制方法具体包括:The control method according to claim 29, wherein the control method specifically comprises:
    判断信号检测模式是否产生触发信号;Determine whether the signal detection mode generates a trigger signal;
    若是,则控制马达按照预设方向即第一方向转动,并修该预设的方向为与第一方向相反的第二方向,其中第一方向为正转或者反转;If yes, control the motor to rotate according to a preset direction, that is, the first direction, and modify the preset direction to a second direction opposite to the first direction, where the first direction is a forward rotation or a reverse rotation;
    第一开关再次触发,判断信号检测模块是否产生触发信号;The first switch is triggered again to determine whether the signal detection module generates a trigger signal;
    若是,则控制马达按照预设的第二方向转动,并修改预设的方向为第一方向。If yes, the control motor is rotated according to a preset second direction, and the preset direction is changed to the first direction.
  32. 根据权利要求27所述的控制方法,其特征在于,所述扳机开关触发,启动第二控制电路,控制马达按照换向开关的转向信号正转或反转的步骤包括:The control method according to claim 27, wherein the step of triggering the trigger switch, activating a second control circuit, and controlling the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to a turn signal of the reversing switch comprises:
    所述扳机开关触发,启动第二控制电路;The trigger switch is triggered to start a second control circuit;
    控制模块获取换向开关当前的转向信号;The control module obtains the current turning signal of the reversing switch;
    控制模块控制马达按照当前的转向信号控制马达正转或反转。The control module controls the motor to control the motor to rotate forward or reverse according to the current steering signal.
  33. 根据权利要求27所述的控制方法,其特征在于,所述控制方法还包括:The control method according to claim 27, wherein the control method further comprises:
    当所述第一控制电路启动时,控制马达与换向开关无关的按照预设的模式正转或反转,此时,所述控制模块屏蔽扳机开关的触发信号;When the first control circuit is started, the control motor rotates forward or reverse according to a preset mode regardless of the reversing switch. At this time, the control module shields the trigger signal of the trigger switch;
    当所述第二控制电路启动时,控制马达按照换向开关的位置正转或反转,此时,所述控制模块屏蔽第一开关的触发信号。When the second control circuit is started, the control motor rotates forward or reverse according to the position of the reversing switch. At this time, the control module shields the trigger signal of the first switch.
  34. 一种手持式动力工具,包括:A hand-held power tool includes:
    马达,具有能够输出旋转动力的马达轴;A motor having a motor shaft capable of outputting rotational power;
    机壳,包括用于握持的手柄部以及收容马达的主体部;A casing, comprising a handle portion for holding and a main body portion accommodating a motor;
    夹头组件,包括本体、相对于本体活动设置的多个夹爪、以及与所述多个夹爪螺纹连接的调整件,所述夹头组件远离所述马达的一端为所述夹头组件的第一端;The chuck assembly includes a main body, a plurality of clamping jaws movably disposed relative to the body, and an adjusting member that is threadedly connected to the plurality of clamping jaws. An end of the chuck assembly remote from the motor is the chuck assembly. First end
    传动机构,具有能够将所述马达的动力输出的驱动轴,以及A transmission mechanism having a drive shaft capable of outputting the power of the motor, and
    模式选择机构,用于可操作地使所述手持式动力工具至少在钻孔模式和夹头调节模式之间切换;当所述手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式时,所述驱动轴驱动所述本体、所述夹爪以及所述调整件一起旋转;当所述手持式动力工具处于夹头调节模式时,所述调整件与所述本体其中之一能够由所述马达驱动相对于两者之另一旋转,以使所述多个夹爪相对所述本体运动以进行合拢或者张开;其特征在于:A mode selection mechanism for operatively switching the handheld power tool between at least a drilling mode and a chuck adjustment mode; when the handheld power tool is in a drilling mode, the drive shaft drives the The body, the clamping jaw, and the adjustment member rotate together; when the hand-held power tool is in a chuck adjustment mode, one of the adjustment member and the body can be driven by the motor relative to the two Another rotation is to move the plurality of clamping jaws relative to the body to close or open; and it is characterized by:
    所述模式选择机构包括相对所述机壳能够在第一位置和第二位置之间运动的模式选择件,当所述模式选择件处于第一位置时,所述手持式动力工具处于钻孔模式;The mode selection mechanism includes a mode selection member capable of moving between a first position and a second position relative to the casing, and when the mode selection member is in the first position, the hand-held power tool is in a drilling mode ;
    当所述模式选择件处于第二位置时,所述手持动力工具处于夹头调节模式;当所述模式选择件由第一位置向第二位置运动时,所述模式选择件向远离所述第一端的方向运动;当操作者握持所述手柄部时,所述操作者能够以握持所述手柄部的手同时操作所述模式选择件。When the mode selector is in the second position, the hand-held power tool is in the chuck adjustment mode; when the mode selector is moved from the first position to the second position, the mode selector is moved away from the first position. The direction of one end moves; when the operator holds the handle portion, the operator can simultaneously operate the mode selector with a hand holding the handle portion.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择件在第一位置与第二位置之间的运动是沿所述马达轴轴向的运动。The hand-held power tool according to claim 34, wherein the movement of the mode selector between the first position and the second position is an axial movement along the motor shaft.
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择机构还包括与所述模式选择件弹性抵接的模式复位元件,所述模式选择件用于可操作地克服所述模式复位元件的作用力从第一位置运动至第二位置,并能够在所述模式复位元件的弹性力作用下从第二位置回复至第一位置。The hand-held power tool according to claim 34 or 35, wherein the mode selection mechanism further comprises a mode resetting element elastically abutting the mode selection element, and the mode selection element is configured to operatively overcome The force of the mode resetting element moves from the first position to the second position, and can be restored from the second position to the first position under the action of the elastic force of the mode resetting element.
  37. 根据权利要求34所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述手柄部与所述主体部呈角度设置,所述动力工具还包括设置于所述手柄部的开关扳机,所述模式选择件紧邻所述开关扳机设置。The hand-held power tool according to claim 34, wherein the handle portion is disposed at an angle to the main body portion, the power tool further comprises a switch trigger provided on the handle portion, and the mode selector Set next to the switch trigger.
  38. 根据权利要求34所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择件与所述夹爪至少部分重叠。The hand-held power tool according to claim 34, wherein the mode selection member and the jaw at least partially overlap.
  39. 根据权利要求34所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述模式选择机构还包括能够在所述模式选择件的作用下沿所述马达轴轴向运动的连接件和锁止元件,所述锁止元件不可转动地相对于所述机壳设置;The hand-held power tool according to claim 34, wherein the mode selection mechanism further comprises a connecting member and a locking member capable of axially moving along the motor shaft under the action of the mode selection member, and The locking element is non-rotatably disposed with respect to the casing;
    当所述模式选择件位于第二位置时,所述锁止元件将所述本体相对所述机壳锁定,所述连接件能够将所述马达轴的旋转动力传递至所述调整件以使所述调整件能够相对于所述本体转动;When the mode selecting member is in the second position, the locking element locks the body relative to the casing, and the connecting member can transmit the rotational power of the motor shaft to the adjusting member so that all the The adjusting member can be rotated relative to the body;
    当模式选择件位于第一位置时,所述锁止元件与所述本体分离,所述连接件断开所述马达轴与所述调整件之间的动力传递,所述本体由所述马达轴驱动从而带动所述调整件旋转。When the mode selection member is in the first position, the locking element is separated from the body, the connection member disconnects power transmission between the motor shaft and the adjustment member, and the body is driven by the motor shaft Driving thereby drives the adjustment member to rotate.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,当所述模式选择件在第一位置和第二位置之间的运动时,所述连接件和所述锁止元件在所述模式选择件的作用下同步运动。The hand-held power tool according to claim 39, wherein when the mode selecting member is moved between the first position and the second position, the connecting member and the locking element are in the mode Synchronized movement under the action of the selector.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述连接件和所述锁止元件的运动方向与所述模式选择件的运动方向同向。The hand-held power tool according to claim 39 or 40, wherein a movement direction of the connecting member and the locking element is the same as a movement direction of the mode selection member.
  42. 根据权利要求39所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,所述传动机构包括输出行星轮系,所述输出行星轮系包括输出太阳轮、与所述输出太阳轮啮合且可转动地设置于所述本体的输出行星轮以及与所述输出行星轮配接的输出齿圈;The hand-held power tool according to claim 39, wherein the transmission mechanism includes an output planetary gear train, and the output planetary gear train includes an output sun gear, which is rotatably engaged with the output sun gear An output planetary gear of the body and an output ring gear matched with the output planetary gear;
    当所述模式选择件位于第一位置时,所述锁止元件与所述输出齿圈无相对转动地连接,所述驱动轴通过所述输出行星轮带动本体转动。When the mode selector is in the first position, the locking element is connected to the output ring gear without relative rotation, and the drive shaft drives the body to rotate through the output planetary gear.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,当所述模式选择件位于第二位置时,所述锁止元件与所述输出齿圈断开连接,所述输出齿圈在所述行星轮的驱动下旋转,所述连接件在旋转方向传动连接于所述输出齿圈 和所述调整件之间以将所述马达的旋转动力传递至所述调整件。The hand-held power tool according to claim 42, wherein when the mode selector is in the second position, the locking element is disconnected from the output ring gear, and the output ring gear is at The planetary gear rotates under the driving of the planetary gear, and the connection member is transmission-connected between the output ring gear and the adjustment member in a rotation direction to transmit the rotational power of the motor to the adjustment member.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的手持式动力工具,其特征在于,当所述模式选择件位于第一位置时,所述连接件位于所述输出齿圈远离所述马达的一侧且与所述调整件无相对转动地连接;The hand-held power tool according to claim 43, wherein, when the mode selection member is in the first position, the connection member is located on a side of the output ring gear away from the motor and is adjusted with the adjustment The pieces are connected without relative rotation;
    当所述手持式动力工具由钻孔模式切换至夹头调节模式时,所述连接件以及所述锁止元件沿所述马达轴轴向向靠近所述马达的方向移动,从而使得所述连接件在旋转方向与所述输出齿圈啮合,同时所述锁止元件与所述输出齿圈脱开并将所述本体相对于所述机壳固定。When the hand-held power tool is switched from the drilling mode to the chuck adjustment mode, the connecting member and the locking element move along the axis of the motor shaft toward the motor, so that the connection The member meshes with the output ring gear in the rotation direction, and at the same time, the locking element is disengaged from the output ring gear and fixes the body relative to the casing.
PCT/CN2019/104744 2018-09-06 2019-09-06 Handheld power tool, and control method and operation method therefor WO2020048529A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811037767 2018-09-06
CN201811037767.6 2018-09-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020048529A1 true WO2020048529A1 (en) 2020-03-12

Family

ID=69722986

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/104744 WO2020048529A1 (en) 2018-09-06 2019-09-06 Handheld power tool, and control method and operation method therefor

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN210998541U (en)
WO (1) WO2020048529A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020048529A1 (en) * 2018-09-06 2020-03-12 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Handheld power tool, and control method and operation method therefor
US11602833B2 (en) * 2020-06-02 2023-03-14 Snap-On Incorporated Direction selector mechanism for a power tool

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06262413A (en) * 1993-03-10 1994-09-20 Makita Corp Power switching mechanism in rotary tool
JPH10202554A (en) * 1997-01-28 1998-08-04 Ryobi Ltd Electric drill
JP2005324263A (en) * 2004-05-12 2005-11-24 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Impact rotary tool
CN101758270A (en) * 2008-11-28 2010-06-30 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Electric tool
CN103909501A (en) * 2013-01-08 2014-07-09 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Handheld tool
CN104416186A (en) * 2013-08-28 2015-03-18 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Power tool

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5988653A (en) * 1998-06-18 1999-11-23 Chum Power Machinery Corp. Auto-locking bit holding system of a hand tool
US7503734B2 (en) * 2005-02-18 2009-03-17 Black & Decker Inc. Drill chuck actuator
CN101166598A (en) * 2005-02-18 2008-04-23 布莱克和戴克公司 Drill chuck
US7491020B2 (en) * 2005-02-18 2009-02-17 Black & Decker Inc. Three position selector for automated chuck
US7455303B2 (en) * 2005-09-02 2008-11-25 The Jacobs Chuck Manufacturing Company Chuck with internal nut
CN103534067A (en) * 2011-03-31 2014-01-22 英格索尔-兰德公司 Handheld power tools with triggers and methods for assembling same
DE102011002331A1 (en) * 2011-04-29 2012-10-31 Röhm Gmbh drilling
CN102681451A (en) * 2012-05-10 2012-09-19 南京德朔实业有限公司 Electric tool with memorizing function and method for realizing motor shaft lock protection
CN105142862B (en) * 2013-03-15 2018-05-15 米沃奇电动工具公司 Operating electric tool is recorded and reproduced
DE102013113868A1 (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-06-11 Röhm Gmbh Drilling device and chuck
WO2016119748A1 (en) * 2015-01-29 2016-08-04 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Hand-held power tool and operating method thereof
CN206335529U (en) * 2016-11-28 2017-07-18 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Switch controlling device and the power tool provided with the device
EP3808507A4 (en) * 2018-06-06 2022-11-23 Positec Power Tools (Suzhou) Co., Ltd Hand-held power tool
WO2020048529A1 (en) * 2018-09-06 2020-03-12 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Handheld power tool, and control method and operation method therefor

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06262413A (en) * 1993-03-10 1994-09-20 Makita Corp Power switching mechanism in rotary tool
JPH10202554A (en) * 1997-01-28 1998-08-04 Ryobi Ltd Electric drill
JP2005324263A (en) * 2004-05-12 2005-11-24 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Impact rotary tool
CN101758270A (en) * 2008-11-28 2010-06-30 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Electric tool
CN103909501A (en) * 2013-01-08 2014-07-09 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Handheld tool
CN104416186A (en) * 2013-08-28 2015-03-18 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Power tool

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110877324A (en) 2020-03-13
CN210998541U (en) 2020-07-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN210188575U (en) Hand-held power tool
JP6324607B1 (en) Operation method to quickly tighten and release power tools and work accessories
EP2554306B1 (en) Electric power tool
CN106826699B (en) Electric tool with vibration mechanism
JP3291609B2 (en) Power tool clutch mechanism
US4754669A (en) Motor driven screwdriver with spindle lock
US8607891B2 (en) Electrical power tool
JP5974616B2 (en) Electric tool
WO2020048529A1 (en) Handheld power tool, and control method and operation method therefor
KR100664983B1 (en) Automatic /Semi-automatic /Manual Slide Type Mobile Phone
JP2016153153A (en) Electric tool with vibration mechanism
US9308630B2 (en) Impact screwdriver
JPH068151A (en) Automatic speed changer for rotary power tool
JP2008183691A (en) Power tool
JP2007021620A (en) Power tool
JP2002154062A (en) Power tool
JP5351555B2 (en) Power tool switch
JP2020131357A (en) Electric tool with quake mechanism
CN116461079A (en) Pipe expanding tool
JP2014018894A (en) Power tool
JP3758346B2 (en) Tightening tool with torque clutch

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19858468

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19858468

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1